Table Of Contents
Cisco RFGW-10 Commands
active
asm
auto-sync
banner lcd
block
cable clock auto-revert
cable clock free-run
cable depi dest-ip
cable depi offset
cable downstream annex
cable downstream depi-session timeout
cable downstream frequency
cable downstream frequency (channel)
cable downstream freq-profile
cable downstream if-output
cable downstream interleaver-depth
cable downstream interleaver-level
cable downstream lock
cable downstream lqam-group
cable downstream max-carriers
cable downstream modulation
cable downstream rf-profile
cable downstream rf-power
cable downstream rf-shutdown
cable downstream stacking
cable downstream start-freq
cable downstream symbol rate
cable downstream tsid
cable downstream tsid-base
cable image-upgrade download
cable image-upgrade disable
cable linecard encryption
cable linecard license max-carriers
cable linecard reset
cable midplane ping
cable mode
cable partition
cable qam-group
cable qam-partition
cable qam-replication-group
cable route linecard load-balance-group
cable service-group
cable video encryption-failover-mode
cable video group
cable video ip multicast
cable video ip udp
cable video labels
cable video multicast
cable video multicast uplink
cable video pre-encrypted-multicast
cable video psi-interval
cable video servers
cable video table
cable video timeout
cable video udp
class
clear cable clock counters
clear cable depi counters
clear cable ermi statistics
clear cable midplane ping statistics
clear cable video gqi statistics
clear cable video packet-insertion
clear cable video server-group statistics
clear cable video session
cluster run
debug cable clock
depi eqam-stats
depi-class
depi-tunnel
description
dest-ip
errp
hw-module module power
interface qam
ip
ip multicast-routing
ip rpc portmapper
keepalive retry
l2tp-class
lane
linecard-group internal switch
main-cpu
mac-address
member slot
mgmt-ip
mgmt-ip-address mac-address
mode
pilot-qam
protect-tunnel
protocol
qam-group
qam-partition
redundancy
redundancy force-failover main-cpu
redundancy force-switchover
redundancy linecard-group switchover from slot
redundancy reload
redundancy tcc-group switchover from slot
replicate-qam
reserve cardtype
reset interval
retry interval
rtsp
server
show cable clock
show cable depi-sessions
show cable depi-sessions slot count
show cable depi-sessions offset
show cable ermi errp
show cable ermi rtsp
show cable freq-profile
show cable heartbeat
show cable image-upgrade bundle
show cable image-upgrade status
show cable image-upgrade version
show cable licenses
show cable linecard carrier-id-mapping
show cable linecard coreinfo
show cable linecard cpuload
show cable linecard load-balancing-group
show cable linecard logical-qamid-mapping
show cable linecard logs
show cable linecard process
show cable linecard version
show cable midplane ping statistics
show cable qam-partition
show cable qam-replication-group
show cable rf-profile
show cable service group
show cable video gqi
show cable video label
show cable video multicast uplink
show cable video packet
show cable video route
show cable video server-group
show cable video session
show cable video statistics packet
show controllers linecard
show controllers qam
show depi
show depi session
show depi tunnel
show interfaces qam
show redundancy
show redundancy linecard
show redundancy tcc
show running-config interface qam
ssm
video route
Cisco RFGW-10 Commands
This chapter includes a description of all the Cisco RFGW-10 commands in alphabetical order of the command mnemonic.
For each command, this chapter provides:
•
A short description of the purpose of the command
•
The command syntax
•
The semantics of each parameter in the syntax
•
Parameter default values
•
Command example or examples
•
Related commands
active
To activate a QAM partition, use the active command in cable video server configuration mode or QAM partition configuration mode. To deactivate, use the no form of this command.
active
no active
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
QAM partition is not active.
Command Modes
QAM partition configuration (config-qp)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ
|
This command was integrated in to Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ.
|
Usage Guidelines
Only one video server can be activated. Effective with Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ, the active command activates the QAM partition configuration. A reset indication message is sent to the GQI server for the GQI protocol, when the QAM partition is activated. For the Edge Resource Management Interface (ERMI) protocol, an ERMI-1 connection is established and resources are advertised to the Edge Resource Manager (ERM).
When the QAM partition is deactivated, the Session Resource Manager (SRM) is closed for the GQI protocol. For ERMI protocol, a notification message is sent and the connection is closed.
Examples
This example shows how to activate a QAM partition:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# cable qam-partition 1
Router(config-qp)# protocol gqi
Router(config-qp)# mgmt-ip 1.1.1.1
Router(config-qp)# mac-address 1234.abcd.4e4e
Router(config-qp)# server 192.168.0.10
Router(config-qp)# active
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable qam-partition
|
Configures the QAM partition for a video server.
|
mgmt-ip-address mac-address
|
Configures the management port IP address and MAC address.
|
protocol
|
Configures the protocol used by the external server.
|
server
|
Configures the IP address of the external server.
|
asm
To configure an Any Source Multicast (ASM) label definition, use the asm command in cable video label configuration mode. To remove the ASM label, use the no form of this command.
asm label {group group-ip} [cbr | bitrate bps | jitter ms | GigabitEthernet | TenGigabitEthernet
interface}
no asm label {group group-ip} [cbr | bitrate bps | jitter ms | GigabitEthernet |
TenGigabitEthernet interface}
Syntax Description
label
|
Specifies the name of the session.
|
group
|
Indicates the multicast group.
|
group-ip
|
Specifies the destination IP address.
|
cbr
|
(Optional) Specifies that the session is supposed to be constant bitrate.
|
bitrate
|
(Optional) Sets the bitrate allocated for the session.
|
bps
|
(Optional) Specifies the bitrate value. Valid range is 1 to 52000000 bps.
|
GigabitEthernet
|
(Optional) Indicates the Gigabit Ethernet interface. Valid slot range is 1 to 12.
|
TenGigabitEthernet
|
(Optional) Indicates the 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface. Valid range for slot is 1 to 12.
|
interface
|
Specifies the interface slot and port.
|
jitter
|
(Optional) Specifies the amount of jitter allowed in a network.
|
ms
|
(Optional) Specifies the jitter value. Valid range is 10 to 200 ms. Default is 200 ms.
|
Command Default
This command has no default behavior or values.
Command Modes
Cable video label configuration (cfg-video-lbl)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.1SQB1
|
This command was modified. The bitrate keyword was made optional.
|
Usage Guidelines
The Cisco RFGW-10 supports Any Source Multicast (ASM). An ASM video label is identified by the group IP address.
An ASM video session can be mapped to multiple QAM channels. All cloned sessions of the same video label share the same attributes.
Note
To avoid oversubscription, ensure that the actual bitrate of the video session does not exceed the allocated bitrate.
The following example shows the ASM configuration on the Cisco RFGW-10:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# cable video labels
Router(cfg-video-lbl)# asm asm1 group 226.1.1.1 bitrate 3750000
Router(cfg-video-lbl)# exit
Effective with Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.1SQB1, this example shows the ASM configuration without the bitrate keyword
Router(cfg-video-lbl)# asm asm1 group 226.1.1.1
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable video labels
|
Enters the cable video label configuration.
|
cable video ip multicast
|
Configures video multicast sessions on the QAM subinterface.
|
show cable video label
|
Displays the labels configured on the chassis.
|
ssm
|
Configures an SSM video session definition.
|
auto-sync
To enable automatic synchronization of the configuration files in NVRAM, use the auto-sync command in the main CPU redundancy configuration mode. To disable automatic synchronization, use the no form of this command.
auto-sync {startup-config | config-register | bootvar | running-config | standard}
no auto-sync {startup-config | config-register | bootvar | standard}
Syntax Description
startup-config
|
Specifies synchronization of the startup configuration files.
|
config-register
|
Specifies synchronization of the configuration register values.
|
bootvar
|
Specifies synchronization of the following boot variables:
• BOOT—Set by the boot system device:filename command.
• CONFIG_FILE—Set by the boot config device:filename command.
• BOOTLDR—Set by the boot bootldr device:filename command.
|
running-config
|
Specifies synchronization of the running configuration files.
|
standard
|
Specifies synchronization of all of the system files (startup configuration, boot variables, and running config configuration registers).
|
Command Default
At the Cisco RF Gateway 10 chassis level, all the system files are synchronized by default.
Command Modes
Main CPU redundancy configuration (config-r-mc)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was integrated into Cisco IOS Release 12.2(44)SQ. Support for the Cisco RF Gateway 10 was added.
|
Usage Guidelines
We recommend that you use the auto-sync standard command to ensure that all system files are synchronized between the two Supervisor modules. The no auto-sync command is not used in production plants.
Examples
The following example shows the synchronization of all system files on the Cisco RFGW-10 chassis:
Router#configure terminal
Router(config)#redundancy
Router(config-red)#main-cpu
Router(config-r-mc)#auto-sync standard
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
main-cpu
|
Enters the main CPU redundancy configuration mode.
|
redundancy
|
Enters the redundancy configuration mode.
|
banner lcd
To configure the string on the front panel display, use the banner lcd command in global configuration mode. To disable the string, use the no form of this command.
banner lcd text
no banner lcd
Syntax Description
text
|
Specifies the information that is displayed on the front panel.
|
Command Default
The platform hostname is displayed by default.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Usage Guidelines
You can use this command to specify additional information when identifying the chassis or including extra contact information.
Examples
The following example shows the configuration of the banner on the Cisco RFGW-10:
Router#configure terminal
Router(config)#banner lcd This is RFGW-10.
block
To configure the block frequency in the lane for a frequency profile on the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card, use the block command in frequency profile lane configuration mode.
block block-id start-freq frequency
Syntax Description
block_id
|
Block ID in the lane frequency profile. Valid range is from 1 to 4.
|
start-freq
|
Specifies the starting frequency of the block.
|
frequency
|
Downstream start frequency of a block in a lane. Valid range is from 48000000 to 999000000 Hz.
Note The valid range of the block depends on the starting frequency of the parent lane.
|
Command Default
The command has no default behavior or values.
Command Modes
Frequency profile lane configuration mode (config-freq-prof-lane)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.2.0SQ
|
This command was introduced.
|
Usage Guidelines
Cisco IOS Release Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.2.0SQ supports global templates or profiles on the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card. A wider range of frequency spectrum is supported on the upconverter on the line card. The Supervisor card uses two frequency schemes—static frequency scheme and user-defined frequency scheme—to configure the frequency profiles at the port level.
Note
The frequency schemes are applicable to Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card only.
The user-defined frequency scheme allows you to define the frequency at the chassis level, and apply the cable downstream frequency spectrum to any port on any Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card.
A frequency profile has four frequency lanes in the 1 GHz spectrum. Each lane has a frequency of 216 MHz. Each lane has 4 blocks of 54 MHz, and each block has 8 carriers. The start frequency assigned to a carrier must be in the frequency range of 216 MHz.
Note
The channel frequencies cannot overlap with each other. Each lane cannot exceed 32 carriers, and a block cannot exceed the frequency of 54 MHz and 8 carriers.
Note
This command is applicable on the Cisco RFGW10-DS-384 line card.
Examples
The following example creates the blocks in frequency profile lane configuration mode:
Router(config)# cable downstream freq-profile 1
Router(config-freq-prof)# lane 1 start-freq 48000000
Router(config-freq-prof-lane)# block 1 start-freq 48000000
Router(config-freq-prof-lane)# block 2 start-freq 96000000
Router(config-freq-prof-lane)# exit
Router(config-freq-prof)#
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable downstream freq-profile
|
Creates the frequency profile for a Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card.
|
lane
|
Creates the lane frequency for the frequency profile.
|
cable clock auto-revert
To set the clock in auto-revert mode, use the cable clock auto-revert command in global configuration mode. To disable the clock auto-revert mode, use the no form of this command.
cable clock auto-revert prefer slot
no cable clock auto-revert prefer
Syntax Description
prefer
|
Specifies the TCC card that should be made active.
|
slot
|
TCC card slot. Valid slots are 13 and 14.
|
Command Default
The clock is not in auto-revert mode.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.2.0SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Usage Guidelines
Use the cable clock auto-revert prefer command to choose which TCC card should active, when both the TCC cards are connected to DTI servers, and are in the same clock state.
Examples
The following example shows the auto-revert preference set to TCC card in slot 14:
Router(config)# cable clock auto-revert prefer 14
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
clear cable clock counters
|
Clears DTI client transition counters of a TCC DTI card.
|
show cable clock
|
Displays information on DTI client, and server statistic counts, and path traceability of a TCC card.
|
cable clock free-run
To set the clock in free-run mode, use the cable clock free-run command in global configuration mode. To disable the clock from free-run mode, use the no form of this command.
cable clock slot free-run
no cable clock slot free-run
Syntax Description
slot
|
Specifies the slot in the TCC card. Valid slots are 13 and 14.
|
Command Default
The clock is not in free-run mode.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Usage Guidelines
We recommend to avoid running free-run mode in a Timing, Communication and Control (TCC) card server and client setup.
Examples
The following example shows the configuration of the TCC card in slot 13 in the free-run state:
Router(config)# cable clock 13 free-run
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
clear cable clock counters
|
Clears DTI client transition counters of a TCC DTI card.
|
show cable clock
|
Displays information on DTI client, and server statistic counts, and path traceability of a TCC card.
|
cable depi dest-ip
To configure Downstream External PHY Interface (DEPI) sessions manually on QAM line cards, use the cable depi dest-ip command in the QAM subinterface configuration mode. To remove a session, use the no form of this command.
cable depi dest-ip IP address
no cable depi dest-ip IP address
Syntax Description
IP address
|
IP address of the destination network.
|
Command Default
This command has no default behavior or values.
Command Modes
QAM subinterface configuration (config-subif)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.2.0SQ
|
This command was modified. The session-id keyword was removed from the command.
|
Usage Guidelines
This command is used to configure DEPI sessions manually instead of signalled remote sessions. When you configure a DEPI session on the QAM channel, a route is established.
Examples
The following example shows DEPI sessions created manually created on a QAM line card 7 on the Cisco RFGW-10:
Router(config)# interface qam-red 7/1.1
Router(config-subif)# cable mode depi local lbg 1
Router(config-subif)# cable depi dest-ip 10.1.1.1
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable depi offset
|
Sets the DOCSIS Timing Offset (DTI) value for the DEPI session.
|
cable mode depi
|
Sets the mode and usage of a QAM channel on a line card.
|
show cable depi-sessions
|
Displays the manual and L2TP DEPI sessions configured on the Cisco RFGW-10.
|
cable depi offset
To set the DOCSIS timing offset on the QAM channel for a line card in a Downstream External PHY Interface (DEPI), use the cable depi offset command in global configuration mode and QAM interface and subinterface configuration mode. To disable the offset, use the no form of this command.
cable depi offset ticks
no cable depi offset ticks
Syntax Description
ticks
|
Specifies the offset value. Valid range is from 0 to 32768 for 1/10.24 MHz. Default is 0.
|
Command Default
This command has no default behavior or values.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config)
QAM interface and subinterface configuration (config-if and config-subif)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Usage Guidelines
This command sets the DOCSIS timing offset (DTI) for a QAM channel in a DEPI mode. The DTI Offset enables DOCSIS timing offset adjustment per QAM channel. The actual timing offset needs to be measured on each QAM channel.
To configure all the QAM ports to the same timing offset, use the cable depi offset command at the port level. However, this sets the offset value on all the QAM channels on that port.
You can also configure the entire chassis with the same timing offset.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the timing offset adjustment on slot 7 RF port 3:
Router(config)# interface qam 7/3
Router(config-if)# cable depi offset 950
The following example shows how to configure the timing offset adjustment on line card slots 3 and 5 RF port range 1 - 12. The timing offset value of line card slots 3 and 5 will be adjusted by 150 ticks.
Router(config)# interface range qam 3/1 - 12, qam 5/1 - 12
Router(config-if-range)# cable depi offset 150
The following example shows the DTI offset being set to 324 ticks on QAM channels:
Router(config)#interface qam-red 3/1.1
Router(config-subif)#cable mode depi local
Router(config-subif)#cable depi offset 324
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable depi dest-ip
|
Sets the destination IP address for a DEPI session.
|
cable mode depi
|
Sets the mode and usage of a QAM channel on a line card.
|
cable downstream annex
To set the Moving Picture Experts Group (MPEG) framing format for a downstream port on a cable interface line card to Annex A (Europe), Annex B (North America), or Annex C (Japan), use the cable downstream annex command in RF profile configuration, QAM interface, and subinterface configuration mode.
cable downstream annex {A | B | C}
Syntax Description
A
|
Annex A: The downstream uses the EuroDOCSIS J.112 standard.
|
B
|
Annex B: The DOCSIS-compliant cable plants that support North American channel uses ITU J.83 Annex B downstream radio frequency.
|
C
|
Annex C: A variant of DOCSIS 1.1 designed to operate in Japanese cable systems.
|
Command Default
Annex B is the default for all Cisco cable interface line cards.
Command Modes
RF profile configuration (config-rf-prof)
QAM interface and subinterface configuration (config-if and config-subif)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was integrated into Cisco IOS Release 12.2(44)SQ. Support for Cisco RF Gateway 10 was added.
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.2.0SQ
|
This command was modified. The annex type can be set globally on the RFGW-10 using the RF profile configuration.
|
Usage Guidelines
The Cisco RFGW-10 supports Annex A, Annex B, and Annex C operation.
Note
If the Annex is changed, the cable modems may go offline.
Annex is configured at the QAM interface (config-if) or QAM subinterface (config-subif) on the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-48 line card.
Note
Executing port level commands such as cable downstream annex, cable downstream modulation, cable downstream stacking, cable downstream frequency and, cable downstream rf-power at the QAM channel level modifies all the QAM channels on that port. This is applicable on the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-48 line card.
Annex is a part of RF profile configuration mode for Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card. You can apply Annex only after you create the RF profiles on Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 channels.
In Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.2.0SQ, RF profiles can be created globally at the chassis level, and applied to any QAM channel on the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card. The RF profiles are used for grouping QAM channels with same modulation, Annex mode, symbol rate, and interleaver depth.
The cable downstream rf-profile command creates the RF profile. The modulation, annex mode, symbol-rate, and interleaver depth are configured in the RF profile configuration mode.
Note
RF profiles are supported only on the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card.
The following example is a sample of a RF profile configuration:
Router(config)# cable downstream rf-profile 64qam-B
Router(config-rf-prof)# cable downstream annex B
Router(config-rf-prof)# cable downstream modulation 64
Router(config-rf-prof)# cable downstream interleaver-depth option1 I128-J1 option2 I32-J4
Router(config-rf-prof)# cable downstream symbol-rate 3500000
Router(config-rf-prof)# exit
Examples
The following example shows how to set the MPEG framing format to Annex B on a Cisco RFGW-10 DS-48 line card:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# interface qam 3/1
Router(config-if)# cable downstream annex B
The following example shows how to set the annex mode for carriers on Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card. On Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384, the annex modes are configurable only via RF profiles. Once an RF profile with the desired annex mode has been created, use the following commands to configure the QAM channel:
Router(config)# interface qam 3/1.1
Router(config-subif)# cable downstream rf-profile 64qam-B
Router(config-subif)# exit
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable downstream rf-profile
|
Creates RF profiles on the RFGW-10.
|
show controllers qam
|
Displays cable downstream information configured on the QAM channel and port.
|
show running-config interface qam
|
Displays the running configuration of the QAM interface.
|
cable downstream depi-session timeout
To configure the DEPI reconciliation timeout, use the cable downstream depi-session timeout command in global configuration mode. To set the default value of the command, use the no form of this command.
cable downstream depi-session timeout sec
no cable downstream depi-session timeout sec
Syntax Description
sec
|
Specifies the DEPI reconciliation timeout in seconds. The range is from 60 to 300. The default is 60.
|
Command Default
The default DEPI reconciliation timeout is 60 secsonds.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.1SQ
|
This command was introduced.
|
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the DEPI reconciliation timeout:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# cable downstream depi-session timeout 90
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
show controllers qam
|
Displays cable downstream information configured on the line card.
|
show depi-sessions
|
Displays DEPI sessions configured on the line card.
|
cable downstream frequency
To set the downstream center frequency in the cable interface line card to reflect the digital carrier frequency of the downstream radio frequency carrier (the channel) for that downstream port, use the cable downstream frequency command in QAM interface and subinterface configuration mode. Use the no form of this command on the cable interfaces with an integrated upconverter to unset the downstream frequency and to disable the RF output from the integrated upconverter.
cable downstream frequency down-freq-hz
no cable downstream frequency
Syntax Description
down-freq-hz
|
The known center frequency of the downstream carrier in Hertz (the valid range is 57,000,000 to 999,000,000). The usable range depends on whether the downstream is configured for DOCSIS or EuroDOCSIS values:
• DOCSIS = 88,000,000 to 855,000,000 MHz
• Extended frequency range = 70,000,000 to 855,000,000 MHz
• EuroDOCSIS = 112,000,000 to 858,000,000 MHz
Cisco IOS supports a superset of these standards, and setting a frequency value outside these limits violates the DOCSIS or EuroDOCSIS standards. Cisco does not guarantee the conformance of the downstream and upconverter outputs when using frequencies outside the DOCSIS or EuroDOCSIS standards.
|
Command Default
The default frequency on the Cisco RF Gateway 10 is 501 Mhz.
Command Modes
QAM interface and subinterface configuration (config-if and config-subif)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was integrated into Cisco IOS Release 12.2(44)SQ. Support for the Cisco RF Gateway 10 was added.
|
Usage Guidelines
You must set the downstream frequency of the RF output to match the expected input frequency of the upconverter. To do this, you enter the fixed center frequency of the downstream channel for the downstream port. (You can also select a default that does not set a specific fixed value.) The valid range for a fixed center frequency is 57,000,000 to 999,000,000 Hz. To install an IF-to-RF upconverter in the downstream path, you can use the center frequency to configure an IF-to-RF upconverter.
Note
The downstream center frequency is set to 501 MHz on all first QAM channels on a port. But, if the QAM channel is in the rf-shut mode, you are required to set the frequency settings on all of the QAM channels on the Cisco RF Gateway 10 before enabling them.
The digital carrier frequency is specified to be the center of a 6.0 MHz channel. For example, EIA channel 95 spans 90.000 to 96.000 MHz. The center frequency is 93.000 MHz, which is the digital carrier frequency that should be configured as the downstream frequency. The typical range for current CATV headends is 88,000,000 to 860,000,000 Hz.
Note
This command is executed at both the QAM interface as well as the QAM subinterface level. Executing at the subinterface level changes all of the frequencies on that QAM interface. The frequencies are separated by a number determined by the annex.
Note
DOCSIS allows downstreams to use any center frequency from 88,000,000 to 855,000,000 MHz. However, when most cable modems are switched on, they scan the downstream frequencies in the NTSC channel plan. If a valid downstream is not found, the cable modems scan the remaining frequencies. For speedy and efficient registration times, we recommend you to configure downstreams to the frequencies specified in the NTSC channel plan.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the downstream center frequency display value on a Cisco RFGW-10:
Router(config)# interface qam 3/1.1
Router(config-subif)# cable downstream frequency 520000000
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable downstream annex
|
Sets the MPEG framing format for a downstream port on a cable interface line card to Annex A (Europe), Annex B (North America) and Annex C (Japan).
|
cable downstream rf-power
|
Configures the specified RF output power on the integrated upconverter.
|
cable downstream rf-shutdown
|
Enables or disables the RF output from the integrated upconverter.
|
show controllers qam
|
Displays cable downstream information configured on the QAM channel and port.
|
show running-config interface qam
|
Displays the running configuration of the QAM interface.
|
cable downstream frequency (channel)
To set the center frequency on the QAM channel, use the cable downstream frequency command in QAM subinterface configuration mode. To disable the center frequency, use the no form of this command.
cable downstream frequency qam-center-frequency [lane lane-id block block-id]
no cable downstream frequency qam-center-frequency
Syntax Description
frequency
|
Sets the center frequency on the QAM subinterface on the Cisco RFGW10-DS-384 line card. Valid ranges in MHz per Annex type are:
• Annex A: 1003-744; default is 259
• Annex B, Annex C: 1002-768; default is 234
|
Command Default
By default, QAM channels are not assigned with a default center frequency.
Command Modes
QAM subinterface configuration (config-subif)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.2.0SQ
|
This command was introduced.
|
Usage Guidelines
The cable downstream frequency assigns the lane and block assigned at the QAM interface level to the subinterface on the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384.
Note
The center frequency assigned to Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 QAM channel should be within the frequency range as specified by the freq-profile at the QAM interface (port level).
The Cisco RFGW-10 DS0-384 supports a maximum of 8 QAM channels per block. Thus, while configuring the center frequencies on the QAM channels, ensure that only a maximum of 8 carriers belong to a particular block (as defined by the freq-profile applied at the QAM interface).
Note
This command is applicable on both the line cards, but lane and block parameters are only applicable on Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card.
Examples
The following example shows the frequency configuration assigned to the QAM channel:
Router(config)# interface qam 9/1.1
Router(config-subif)# cable downstream frequency 714000000 lane 2 block 4
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable downstream rf-profile
|
Create RF profiles at the Cisco RFGW-10 chassis level, and apply it across any QAM channel on the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card.
|
cable downstream freq-profile
|
Creates the frequency profile configuration on the Cisco RFGW10.
|
cable downstream freq-profile
To create the frequency profile at the Cisco RF Gateway 10 chassis level, and apply it to any RF port on the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card, use the cable downstream freq-profile command in global configuration mode. To disable the frequency profile applied to the RF port, use the no form of this command.
cable downstream freq-profile freq-profile-id
no cable downstream freq-profile line freq-profile-id
Syntax Description
freq-profile-id
|
Profile ID applied to the RF port. Default is 1.
|
Command Default
Default frequency profile (default-freq-profile) is created.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.2.0SQ
|
This command was introduced.
|
Usage Guidelines
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.2.0SQ supports global templates or profiles on the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card. Each port on the Cisco RFGW10 DS-384 line card provides a frequency range from 45 MHz to 1003 MHz. The Supervisor card uses two frequency schemes—static frequency scheme and the user-defined frequency scheme—to configure the frequency profile at port level.
The cable downstream freq-profile command configures the frequency spectrum in a user-defined frequency scheme on the Cisco RFGW-10 chassis. The frequency scheme is applied to any port on the Cisco RFGW10 DS-384 line card. In the frequency profile configuration mode, you can set the lane and block frequency.
Note
This command is applicable only on the Cisco RFGW10-DS-384 line card.
Tip
Configure the cable downstream annex before creating the frequency profile. If the Annex mode is not configured, the default Annex B value is set on the line card.
Examples
The following example creates a frequency profile on the Cisco RFGW-10:
Router(config)# cable downstream freq-profile freq-profile1
Router(config-freq-prof)# ?
Frequency Profile subcommands:
exit Exit from freq profile config mode
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
lane
|
Configures the lane frequency in a frequency profile.
|
block
|
Configures the block frequency in a lane in the frequency profile.
|
show cable freq-profile
|
Displays all the frequency profiles configured on the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card.
|
cable downstream if-output
To activate a downstream port on a cable interface and to generate a standard modulated signal or a test signal, use the cable downstream if-output command in QAM interface and subinterface configuration mode. To disable all signal output on the intermediate frequency (IF) carrier and to shut down the interface, use the no form of this command.
cable downstream if-output [continuous-wave]
no cable downstream if-output
Syntax Description
continuous-wave
|
Displays an unmodulated carrier signal on the downstream, disabling normal data network operations.
|
Command Default
The downstream interface is enabled for normal data use.
Command Modes
QAM interface and subinterface configuration (config-if and config-subif)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was integrated into Cisco IOS Release 12.2(44)SQ. Support for the Cisco RF Gateway 10 was added.
|
Usage Guidelines
You can use the cable downstream if-output command to perform the following actions:
•
Configure a downstream to relay a modulated signal
•
Transmit data over the Hybrid Fiber Coaxial (HFC) cable network
•
Test the cable plant
•
Disable the interface
cable downstream if-output continuous-wave—Generates an unmodulated, continuous sine wave on the downstream interface. You can use a spectrum analyzer to verify the frequency, amplitude, and power of the wave. You can use the cable downstream if-output command to test the signal continuity on the downstream until you resume normal modulated operations.
no cable downstream if-output—Terminates all signal output and shuts down the downstream interface. The interface is disabled until you reactivate the downstream using the cable downstream if-output command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable downstream on QAM interface 3 on the Cisco RFGW-10:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# interface qam 3/1.1
Router(config-subif)# cable downstream if-output
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
show controllers qam
|
Displays cable downstream information configured on the QAM channel and port.
|
show running-config interface qam
|
Displays the running configuration of the QAM interface.
|
cable downstream interleaver-depth
To set the downstream interleave depth, use the cable downstream interleaver-depth command in RF profile configuration, QAM interface, and subinterface configuration mode. To restore the default setting, use the no form of this command.
cable downstream interleaver-depth depth-value
no cable downstream interleaver-depth
Syntax Description
depth-value
|
Downstream interleave depth values.
• I12-J17 RFGW_MB_FEC-I-12-J-17
• I128-J1 RFGW_MB_FEC-I-128-J-1
• I128-J2 RFGW_MB_FEC-I-128-J-2
• I128-J3 RFGW_MB_FEC-I-128-J-3
• I128-J4 RFGW_MB_FEC-I-128-J-4
• I128-J5 RFGW_MB_FEC-I-128-J-5
• I128-J6 RFGW_MB_FEC-I-128-J-6
• I128-J7 RFGW_MB_FEC-I-128-J-7
• I128-J8 RFGW_MB_FEC-I-128-J-8
• I16-J8 RFGW_MB_FEC-I-16-J-8
• I32-J4 RFGW_MB_FEC-I-32-J-4
• I64-J2 RFGW_MB_FEC-I-64-J-2
• I8-J16 RFGW_MB_FEC-I-8-J-16
|
Command Default
The default interleave depth value is 5 (I=32, J=4).
Command Modes
RF profile configuration (config-rf-profile)
QAM interface and subinterface configuration (config-subif)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was integrated into Cisco IOS Release 12.2(44)SQ. Support for the Cisco RF Gateway 10 was added.
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.2.0SQ
|
This command was modified. The modulation format can be set globally on the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card using the RF profile configuration.
|
Usage Guidelines
In Cisco IOS Release 3.2.0SQ, RF profiles can be created globally at the chassis level, and applied to any QAM channel on the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card. The RF profiles are used for grouping QAM channels with same modulation, annex mode, symbol rate, and interleaver depth.
The cable downstream rf-profile command creates the RF profile. The modulation, annex mode, symbol-rate, and interleaver depth are configured in the RF profile configuration mode.
Note
RF profiles are supported on the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card.
The syntax for the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card at the RF profile configuration level is:
cable downstream interleaver-depth option1 depth-value option2 depth-value
no cable downstream interleaver option1
option1
|
Indicates the interleaver-depth FEC I/J values at the RF profile.
|
option2
|
Indicates the interleaver-depth FEC I/J values that are available at the subinterface level when the profile in assigned to the QAM subinterface.
|
Once the RF profile is created with the FEC I/J values, assign the RF profile to the carrier subinterface. The following example is a sample of a RF profile configuration:
Router(config)# cable downstream rf-profile 1
Router(config-rf-prof)# cable downstream interleaver depth option1 I12-J17 option2 I12-J17
Router(config-rf-prof)# exit
The FEC I/J values specified in option2 are applied to the carrier, and are available at the QAM subinterface level. The following is an example of interface 3/1.1 with the FEC I/J values on the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card:
Router(config)# interface qam 3/1.1
Router(config-subif)# cable downstream interleave-depth I12-J17
Router(config-subif)# exit
This command sets the minimum latency of the system. A higher interleave depth relays the bits of each code word over a great transmission time and protects the noise bursts on the hybrid fiber coaxcial (HFC) network.
Interleave transmissions do not transmit each code word by itself, but instead relay the bits from multiple code words at the same time. This noise burst affects the minimum number of bits per code word and allows the Forward Error Correction (FEC) algorithm a greater chance of detecting and correcting any transmission errors.
A higher interleave depth transmits bits from a greater number of code words, increasing the efficacy of the FEC algorithm. However, a higher depth also increases downstream latency, which might slow TCP/IP throughput for some configurations, so you need to choose an interleave depth appropriate to the plant's noise levels and application needs.
If your cable plant is experiencing high noise levels, increase the default value of 32 to 64. For plants with exceptionally high noise levels, increase the interleave value to 128 to secure the cable network from noise bursts.
Low interleave depth values cause some packet loss on HFC networks, because burst noise lasts beyond the error correction block correctable length. However, on cable plants with exceptionally low noise levels, we recommend you to use the default value of 32, and then try an interleave of either 16 or 8 to confirm an increase in performance without increasing the number of errors that result from noise.
Table 3-1 shows interleave characteristics and their relation to one another.
Table 3-1 DOCSIS Downstream Cable Interleave Descriptions
I (Number of Taps)
|
J (Increment)
|
Burst Protection
64-QAM/256 QAM
|
Latency
64-QAM/256 QAM
|
8
|
16
|
5.9 microseconds/4.1 milliseconds
|
0.22 ms/0.15 ms
|
16
|
8
|
12 microseconds/8.2 milliseconds
|
0.48 ms/0.33 ms
|
32
|
4
|
24 microseconds/16 milliseconds
|
0.98 ms/0.68 ms
|
64
|
2
|
47 microseconds/33 milliseconds
|
2.0 ms/1.4 ms
|
128
|
1
|
95 microseconds/66 milliseconds
|
4.0 ms/2.8 ms
|
Note
Table 3-1 does not apply to EuroDOCSIS cable plants because the interleave depth for EuroDOCSIS cable interfaces is fixed.
Note
Executing this command at the QAM channel level (subinterface) changes the interleave level of that subinterface. However, executing the command at the QAM port level (interface), changes the interleaver levels of all QAM channels on that QAM port.
Examples
The following example shows downstream I/J values to 128/5 on QAM interface 3 on Cisco RFGW-10:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# interface qam 3/1.1
Router(config-subif)# cable downstream interleave-depth I12-J17
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
show controllers qam
|
Displays cable downstream information configured on the QAM channel and port.
|
show running-config interface qam
|
Displays the running configuration of the QAM interface.
|
cable downstream interleaver-level
To set the downstream interleave level, use the cable downstream interleaver-level command in QAM subinterface configuration mode. To restore the default setting, use the no form of this command.
cable downstream interleaver-level {1 | 2}
no cable downstream interleaver-level
Syntax Description
The following level values are supported on Cisco RF Gateway 10:
1
|
Indicates the downstream interleaver level. Default is 2.
|
2
|
Command Default
The default interleaver level is 2.
Command Modes
QAM subinterface configuration (config-subif)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Usage Guidelines
This command modifies the interleaver level on the downstream radio frequency carrier on a downstream QAM channel. Interleaver level indicates modifiable FEC I/J values. Level 1 indicates non-modifiable FEC I/J values. The I/J values are set to 128/1. For level 2, there are different FEC I/J values that can be configured.
Examples
The following example shows the interleaver level value set to 2 on QAM subinterface 3:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)#interface qam 3/1.1
Router(config-subif)#cable downstream interleaver-level 1
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
show controllers qam
|
Displays cable downstream information configured on the QAM channel and port.
|
show running-config interface qam
|
Displays the running configuration of the QAM interface.
|
cable downstream lock
To lock a downstream port on the cable interface, use the cable downstream lock command in QAM interface and subinterface configuration mode. To unlock, use the no form of this command.
cable downstream lock
no cable downstream lock
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
The lock is not set on QAM interfaces.
Command Modes
QAM interface and subinterface configuration (config-if and config-subif)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Usage Guidelines
This command is used to set the configuration lock on the downstream QAM interfaces on a Cisco RFGW-10 QAM line card. Setting this lock prohibits the user from modifying any RF parameters on that QAM channel. If the lock is set at the port level, then all the QAM Channels on that port will be locked.
Executing this command at a QAM channel level (subinterface) modifies the only the QAM channel. However, executing the command at a QAM port level (interface) modifies all QAM channels (subinterfaces) on that interface.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the downstream lock on QAM interface 3 on a Cisco RFGW-10:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# interface qam 3/1.1
Router(config-subif)# cable downstream lock
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
show controllers qam
|
Displays cable downstream information configured on the QAM channel and port.
|
show running-config interface qam
|
Displays the running configuration of the QAM interface.
|
cable downstream lqam-group
To create logical QAM groups on the QAM channel on the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card, use the cable downstream lqam-group command in QAM interface and QAM subinterface configuration mode. To remove the logical QAM group configuration, use the no form of this command.
cable downstream lqam-group group_ID
no cable downstream lqam-group group_ID
Syntax Description
group_ID
|
Logical QAM group on QAM interface on the line card. Valid range is from 1 to 48.
|
Command Default
This command is not enabled by default.
Command Modes
QAM interface configuration (config-if)
QAM subinterface configuration (config-subif)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.2.0SQ
|
This command was introduced.
|
Usage Guidelines
A logical QAM group is a group of QAMs that share the same RF parameters in an RF profile such as Annex, Modulation format, symbol rate etc. There are 48 groups on Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card.
The logical QAM ID uniquely identifies the channels on the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card. Logical QAM IDs 0 to 7 are assigned to QAM group 1, logical QAM IDs 8 to 15 are assigned to QAM group 2 and so on.
Note
Logical QAM group configuration is supported only on the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card.
Associated Features
The cable downstream lqam-group command is used to configure the following:
•
Configuring the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 Line Card
Examples
The following example creates the logical QAM group on the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card:
Router(config-if)# interface qam-red 4/1.2
Router(config-if)# cable downstream lqam-group 2
The following example displays the logical QAM groups on QAM interface 4 on the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card:
Router# show running-config
cable downstream carrier-id 1
cable downstream lqam-group 40
cable mode depi remote learn
cable downstream tsid 42001
cable depi depi-tunnel tunnel-1
cable downstream carrier-id 2
cable downstream lqam-group 25
cable mode depi remote learn
cable downstream tsid 42002
cable depi depi-tunnel tunnel-1
cable downstream carrier-id 3
cable downstream lqam-group 40
cable mode depi remote learn
cable downstream tsid 42003
cable depi depi-tunnel tunnel-1
cable downstream carrier-id 13
cable downstream lqam-group 40
cable mode depi remote learn
cable downstream tsid 42004
cable depi depi-tunnel tunnel-1
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
show cable linecard logical-qamid-mapping
|
Displays the logical QAM group IDs and QAM carriers mapped to the RF profiles on the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card.
|
show controllers qam
|
Displays information about the downstream configuration on a line card.
|
show cable rf-profiles
|
Displays the RF profiles on the line card.
|
show running-config
|
Displays the logical QAM groups on a interface.
|
cable downstream max-carriers
To create specific number of QAM carriers per RF port, use the cable downstream max-carriers on the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 command in QAM interface configuration mode. To disable the QAM carriers per port, use the no form of this command.
cable downstream max-carriers carriers
no cable downstream max-carriers carriers
Syntax Description
carriers
|
Number of carriers per port. Valid range is from 1 to 64. Default
|
Command Default
No QAM carriers are created when the line card is inserted in the RFGW-10 chassis.
Command Modes
QAM interface configuration (config-if)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.2.0SQ
|
This command was introduced.
|
Usage Guidelines
When the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card is inserted, prior to any configuration, all the physical port interfaces are automatically created in the configuration file, but they are in shutdown mode. The cable downstream max-carriers command creates the carriers under each QAM port interface.
Each QAM port on the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card can have up to a maximum of 64 carriers configured.
Note
If the port is already configured with max-carriers or sub-interfaces, changing the density will affect the power levels and might bring down the carriers due to the licensing restrictions.
Note
This command is applicable only on the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card.
For the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-48 line card, 4 carriers per port are created, and applied to all 12 ports on the line card. To disable QAM interfaces on the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-48 line card, use the cable downstream stacking command.
Examples
The following example configures 64 QAM carriers on QAM interface 3/1 on the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card:
Router(config)# interface qam 3/1
Router(config-if)# cable downstream max-carriers 64
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable downstream rf-shutdown
|
Enables or disables the RF output from the integrated upconverter.
|
cable downstream modulation
To set the modulation format for a downstream port on a cable interface line card, use the cable downstream modulation command in RF profile configuration, QAM interface, and subinterface configuration mode.
cable downstream modulation {64 | 256}
Syntax Description
64
|
Modulation rate is 6 bits per downstream symbol.
|
256
|
Modulation rate is 8 bits per downstream symbol.
|
Command Default
The default modulation rate is 64 QAM.
Command Modes
RF profile configuration (config-rf-profile)
QAM interface and subinterface configuration (config-if and config-subif)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was integrated into Cisco IOS Release 12.2(44)SQ. Support for the Cisco RF Gateway 10 was added.
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.2.0SQ
|
This command was modified. The modulation rate can be set globally on the Cisco RFGW-10 using the RF profile configuration.
|
Usage Guidelines
Modulation is configured at the QAM interface (config-if) or QAM subinterface (config-subif) on the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-48 line card.
Note
Executing port level commands such as cable downstream annex, cable downstream modulation, cable downstream stacking, cable downstream frequency, and cable downstream rf-power at the QAM channel level modifies all the QAM channels on that port. This is applicable on the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-48 line card.
Modulation is a part of RF profile configuration mode for Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card. You can apply Annex mode only after you create the RF profiles on Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 channels.
In Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.2.0SQ, RF profiles can be created globally at the chassis level, and applied to any QAM channel on the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card. The RF profiles are used for grouping QAM channels with same modulation, annex mode, symbol rate, and interleaver depth.
Note
A group of eight logical QAM channels can be assigned to an RF profile.
The cable downstream rf-profile command creates the RF profile. The modulation, annex mode, symbol-rate, and interleaver depth are configured in the RF profile configuration mode.
Note
RF profiles are supported on the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card.
The following example is a sample of a RF profile configuration:
Router(config)# cable downstream rf-profile rf-profile1
Router(config-rf-prof)# cable downstream annex B
Router(config-rf-prof)# cable downstream modulation 64
Router(config-rf-prof)# cable downstream interleaver depth option1 I128-J1 option2 I32-J4
Router(config-rf-prof)# cable downstream symbol-rate 3500000
Router(config-rf-prof)# exit
Examples
The following example shows how to set the downstream modulation to 256 QAM on a Cisco RFGW-10 DS-48 line card:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# interface qam 3/1.1
Router(config-subif)# cable downstream modulation 256
The following example applies the modulation that was specified in the global RF profile 1 Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# interface qam 3/1.1
Router(config-subif)# cable downstream rf-profile 1
The following example shows how to set the modulation rate in the RF profile on the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card:
Router(config)# cable downstream rf-profile 1
Router(config-rf-prof)# cable downstream modulation 64
Router(config-rf-prof)# exit
Note
Changing global RF profile attributes, such as modulation can affect all channels that are currently configured on that RF profile.
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
show controllers qam
|
Displays cable downstream information configured on the QAM channel and port.
|
show running-config interface qam
|
Displays the running configuration of the QAM interface.
|
cable downstream rf-profile
|
Creates RF profiles on the RFGW-10.
|
cable downstream rf-profile
To create RF profiles at the Cisco RF Gateway 10 chassis level and apply them across any QAM channel on the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card, use the cable downstream rf-profile command in global configuration mode, and in QAM subinterface configuration mode. To disable the RF profile configuration, use the no form of this command.
cable downstream rf-profile rf-profile-id
no cable downstream rf-profile rf-profile-id
Syntax Description
rf-profile-id
|
RF profile ID applied to the QAM channel on the line card.
|
Command Default
Default RF profile (default-rf-profile) is created.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config)
QAM subinterface configuration (config-subif)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.2.0SQ
|
This command was introduced.
|
Usage Guidelines
RF profiles can be created globally at the chassis level, and applied to any QAM channel on the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card. The RF profiles are used for grouping QAM channels with same modulation, annex mode, symbol rate and interleaver depth.
Note
A group of eight logical QAM channels can be assigned to an RF profile.
The cable downstream rf-profile command creates the RF profile and enters the RF profile configuration mode. The modulation, annex mode, symbol-rate, and interleaver depth can be configured in the RF profile configuration mode. After the RF profile is created, it can be assigned to any QAM channel on the line card.
Note
RF profile configuration is supported only on the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card.
Examples
The following example creates the RF profile 1 on the Cisco RFGW-10, and enters the RF profile configuration:
Router(config)# cable downstream rf-profile 1
Router(config-rf-prof)# ?
RF Profile cable downstream commands:
cable cable keyword under rf profile config mode
exit Exit from the rfprof config mode
The following example is a sample of a RF profile configuration:
Router(config)# cable downstream rf-profile 1
Router(config-rf-prof)# cable downstream annex B
Router(config-rf-prof)# cable downstream modulation 64
Router(config-rf-prof)# cable downstream interleaver depth option1 I128-J1 option2 I32-J4
Router(config-rf-prof)# cable downstream symbol-rate 3500000
Router(config-rf-prof)# exit
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable downstream annex
|
Sets the MPEG framing format for a downstream port on a cable interface line card to Annex A (Europe), Annex B (North America) and Annex C (Japan).
|
cable downstream modulation
|
Sets the modulation format for a downstream port on the line card
|
cable downstream interleaver-depth
|
Sets the interleaver-depth on the line card.
|
cable downstream symbol-rate
|
Sets the symbol rate on the line card.
|
show cable linecard logical-qamid-mapping
|
Displays the logical QAM group IDs and QAM carriers mapped to the RF profiles on the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card.
|
cable downstream rf-power
To set the RF power output level on the Cisco RF Gateway 10, use the cable downstream rf-power command in QAM interface and subinterface configuration mode. To reset the RF output power level to its default value, use the no form of this command.
cable downstream rf-power {power-level}
no cable downstream rf-power {power-level}
Syntax Description
power-level
|
Desired RF output power level in dBmV.
|
Command Default
The default values set are as follows for the different stacking levels:
1:1 stacking—44 dBmV
2:1 stacking—47 dBmV
4:1 stacking—40 dBmV
Command Modes
QAM interface and subinterface configuration (config-if and config-subif)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was integrated into Cisco IOS Release 12.2(44)SQ. Support for the Cisco RF Gateway 10 was added.
|
Usage Guidelines
The stacking level on Cisco RFGW-10 are as follows:
1:1 stacking—30 dBmV ~ 61 dBmV, default is 44 dBmV
2:1 stacking—30 dBmV ~ 57 dBmV, default is 47 dBmV
4:1 stacking—30 dBmV ~ 53 dBmV, default is 40 dBmV
The official range for acceptable power levels in the DOCSIS standard depends on the stacking level. The DOCSIS levels are as follows:
1:1 stacking—52 dBmV ~ 60 dBmV
2:1 stacking—48 dBmV ~ 56 dBmV
4:1 stacking—44 dBmV ~ 52 dBmV
Note
Cisco cable interfaces exceed the DOCSIS standard, but power levels outside the DOCSIS standards should be used only in lab and test environments.
Note
Executing port level commands such as cable downstream annex, cable downstream modulation, cable downstream stacking, cable downstream frequency, and cable downstream rf-power at the QAM channel level modifies all the QAM channels on that port.
Examples
The following example shows the integrated upconverter on a Cisco RFGW-10 configured for an RF output power level of 50 dBmV:
Router(config)# interface qam 3/1.1
Router(config-subif)# cable downstream rf-power 50
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable downstream frequency
|
Configures the downstream center frequency on the integrated upconverter.
|
cable downstream rf-shutdown
|
Enables or disables the RF output from the integrated upconverter.
|
show controllers qam
|
Displays cable downstream information configured on the QAM channel and port.
|
show running-config interface qam
|
Displays the running configuration of the QAM interface.
|
cable downstream rf-shutdown
To disable the RF output from an integrated upconverter on a Cisco RF Gateway 10, use the cable downstream rf-shutdown command in QAM interface and subinterface configuration mode. To enable the RF output on the integrated upconverter, use the no form of this command.
cable downstream rf-shutdown
no cable downstream rf-shutdown
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
The RF output is disabled on the upconverter.
Command Modes
QAM interface and subinterface configuration (config-if and config-subif)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was integrated into Cisco IOS Release 12.2(44)SQ. Support for the Cisco RF Gateway 10 was added.
|
Usage Guidelines
Executing this command at the port level command modifies all the QAM channels on that port. However no channel is affected if the command is executed at the channel level.
Examples
The following example enables the integrated upconverter on the Cisco RFGW-10:
Router(config)#configure terminal
Router(config-if)#interface qam 3/1.1
Router(config-subif)#cable downstream rf-shutdown
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable downstream frequency
|
Configures the downstream center frequency on the integrated upconverter.
|
cable downstream rf-power
|
Configures the desired RF output power on the integrated upconverter.
|
show controllers qam
|
Displays cable downstream information configured on the QAM channel and port.
|
cable downstream stacking
To configure frequency stacking, use the cable downstream stacking command in QAM interface and subinterface configuration mode.
cable downstream stacking stacking
Syntax Description
stacking
|
Specifies the stacking level in the RF port. Valid levels are 1, 2 and 4.
|
Command Default
The stacking level is set to 1:4 on all RF ports.
Command Modes
QAM interface and subinterface configuration (config-if and config-subif)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Usage Guidelines
You can configure the stacking level on the RF port and enable the appropriate QAM channels:
•
QAM channel 1 is enabled on the specified RF port for stacking level 1.
•
QAM channels 1 and 2 are enabled on the specified RF port for stacking level 2.
•
QAM channels 1, 2, and 4 are enabled on the specified RF port for stacking level 4.
Note
Executing port level commands such as cable downstream annex, cable downstream modulation, cable downstream stacking, cable downstream frequency, and cable downstream rf-power at the QAM channel level modifies all the QAM channels on that port.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the downstream channel on the QAM interface for frequency stacking of 4.
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# interface qam 3/1
Router(config-if)# cable downstream stacking 4
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
show controllers qam
|
Displays cable downstream information configured on the QAM channel and port.
|
show running-config interface qam
|
Displays the running configuration of the QAM interface.
|
cable downstream start-freq
To set the starting frequency on the QAM interface, use the cable downstream start-freq command in QAM interface configuration mode. To disable the starting frequency, use the no form of this command.
cable downstream start-freq frequency
no cable downstream start-freq
Syntax Description
frequency
|
Starting frequency on the QAM interface on the Cisco RFGW10 DS-384 line card. Valid ranges in MHz per Annex type are:
• Annex A: 1003-744; default is 259
• Annex B, Annex C: 1002-768; default is 234
|
Command Default
This command is disabled by default.
Command Modes
QAM interface configuration (config-if)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.2.0SQ
|
This command was introduced.
|
Usage Guidelines
The cable downstream start-freq command sets the starting frequency for a QAM port on the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 card in the static frequency scheme. In this scheme, the lane and block start frequencies are internally configured for the port by the Supervisor. The carrier frequency can be configured at the carrier.
Note
The start-frequency configured at the port has to be such that the entire four lanes are within the valid maximum frequency range of 1003 GHz.
Note
This command is applicable only on the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card.
Examples
The following example shows the starting frequency configuration for a QAM port with Annex B:
Router(config)# interface qam 4/1
Router(config-if)# cable downstream start-freq 234000000
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable downstream annex
|
Sets the MPEG framing format for a downstream port on a cable interface line card to Annex A (Europe), Annex B (North America) and Annex C (Japan).
|
cable downstream frequency (channel)
|
Sets the center frequency of the QAM channel.
|
show cable linecard carrier-id-mapping
|
Displays the QAM blocks and QAM carriers mapped on a line card.
|
cable downstream symbol rate
To set the symbol rate on the line card, use the cable downstream symbol rate command in RF profile configuration mode. To disable the symbol rate, use the no form of this command.
cable downstream symbol rate symbols
no cable downstream symbol rate
Syntax Description
symbols
|
Symbol rate of the line card in seconds. Valid range is from 3500000 to 7000000 symbols per second.
|
Command Default
This command has no default behavior or values.
Command Modes
RF profile configuration (config-rf-profile)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.2.0SQ
|
This command was introduced.
|
Usage Guidelines
The cable downstream symbol-rate command sets the symbol rate for the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card.
Note
Symbol rate is set only for Annex A mode carriers. The symbol rate specified at the RF profile configuration is ignored for Annex B carriers.
Examples
The following example shows the symbol rate configured on the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card:
Router(config)# cable downstream rf-profile 1
Router(config-rf-prof)# cable downstream annex A
Router(config-rf-prof)# cable downstream modulation 256
Router(config-rf-prof)# cable downstream interleaver depth option1 I12-J17 option2 I12-J17
Router(config-rf-prof)# cable downstream symbol-rate 3500000
Router(config-rf-prof)# exit
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable downstream rf-profile
|
Creates the RF profile configuration at the RFGW-10 chassis level, and enters the RF profile configuration mode
|
cable downstream tsid
To configure the Transport Stream Identifier (TSID) value on the QAM subinterface, use the cable downstream tsid command in QAM subinterface configuration mode. To reset the TSID to 0, use the no form of this command.
cable downstream tsid id [onid onid-id]
no cable downstream tsid
Syntax Description
id
|
TSID value for the QAM subinterface. Valid TSID values are from 0-65535.
|
onid
|
(Optional) Sets the original downstream network ID for a video transport stream.
|
onid-id
|
Specifies the downstream original network id (ONID). The valid range is from 1 to 65535. The default value is 0.
|
Command Default
The TSID and ONID values are set to 0 on all QAM interfaces.
Command Modes
QAM subinterface configuration (config-subif)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ
|
This command was modifed to include onid keyword.
|
Usage Guidelines
This command ensures that each downstream QAM channel has a unique ID when there are multiple Cisco Cable Modem Termination System (CMTS) routers at a headend facility. This ID uniquely defines the QAM channel in the cable headend.
For DEPI, the TSID value is overwritten with a new value if there are no sessions established on that QAM channel. However, if a session exists with the specified QAM channel, the new TSID value being configured is rejected.
For video, the TSID value is required only for powerkey encrypted video sessions. The TSID value is overwritten with the new value even when a session exists and the system recovers sessions with the new TSID value.
The no form of the command resets the TSID value of the QAM channel to 0.
Note
The ONID configuration is not supported on the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-48 line card.
Examples
The following example configures the downstream channel on the QAM subinterface with a TSID value of 44:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# interface qam 3/1.1
Router(config-subif)# cable downstream tsid 44
The following example shows how to configure the ONID on the QAM interface on the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card:
Router(config)# configure terminal
Router(config)# interface qam 7/1.1
Router(config)# cable mode video local
Router(config)# cable downstream tsid 1000 onid 65000
Router(config)# cable downstream rf-profile rfprofile_video
Router(config)# cable downstream frequency 325000000
Router(config)# no cable downstream rf-shutdown
Router(config)# cable downstream interleaver-depth I128-J1
The following example shows the RF profile configuration on the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card:
Router(config)# show running config
cable downstream rf-profile rfprofile_video
cable downstream modulation 256
cable downstream interleaver-depth option1 I128-J1 option2 I128-J1
cable downstream symbol-rate 5360537
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
show controllers qam
|
Displays cable downstream information configured on the QAM channel and port.
|
show running-config interface qam
|
Displays the running configuration of the QAM interface.
|
cable downstream tsid-base
To configure the Transport Stream Indentifire (TSID) value for all QAM interfaces, use the cable downstream tsid-base command in privileged EXEC mode.
cable downstream tsid-base id
Syntax Description
id
|
Specifies the TSID value for the QAM interface. Valid range is from 0 to 65535.
|
Command Default
The TSID value is set to 0 on all QAM interfaces.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC (#)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Usage Guidelines
This command ensures that each downstream QAM channel has a unique ID when there are multiple Cisco CMTS routers at a headend facility. This ID uniquely defines the QAM channel in the cable headend.
A QAM channel is assigned a TSID value if it is unique. The TSID value is overwritten with a new value if there are no sessions established on that QAM channel. However, if a session exists with the specified QAM channel, the new configured TSID value is rejected.
Examples
The following example sets the TSID value of 44 on the QAM interfaces:
Router#cable downstream tsid-base 44
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
show controllers qam
|
Displays cable downstream information configured on the QAM channel and port.
|
show running-config interface qam
|
Displays the running configuration of the QAM interface.
|
cable image-upgrade download
To upgrade all device images on a specific line card, use the cable image-upgrade download command in privileged EXEC mode.
cable image-upgrade download slot [forced | background]
Syntax Description
slot
|
Specifies the slot number of the line card. Valid slot numbers are 3 to 14.
|
forced
|
(Optional) Forces an upgrade of all the images on the line card.
|
background
|
(Optional) Upgrade to line card occurs in the background and control is immediately returned to the command prompt.
|
Command Default
This command has no default behavior or values.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC (#)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Usage Guidelines
The line card must be present in the slot for an upgrade. The line card image is upgraded with the image of the Supervisor card.
The upgrade occurs in the background if the background keyword is specified. The control is immediately returned to the CLI prompt.
The line card resets if an image upgrade has occurred. If the latest images are present on the line card, then the line card does not reset.
Examples
The following example upgrades the image on line card in slot 7:
Router# cable image-upgrade download 7
The following example forces the upgrade of all images in line card in slot 3:
Router#cable image-upgrade download 3 forced
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
show cable-image upgrade bundle
|
Displays the upgrade bundle on the supervisor.
|
show cable-image upgrade status
|
Displays the upgrade status of an image on the specified line card.
|
show cable-image upgrade version
|
Displays all the upgraded image versions on the line card.
|
cable image-upgrade disable
To disable the automatic image upgrade of the line card, use the cable image-upgrade disable command in global configuration mode. To enable the automatic image upgrade, use the no form of this command.
cable image-upgrade disable
no cable image-upgrade disable
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
The no form of the command is enabled by default.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
15.0(2)SQA
|
This command was introduced.
|
Usage Guidelines
Use the cable image-upgrade disable command to disable automatic image upgrade.
Examples
The following example disables auto image upgrade of the line card:
Router(config)# cable image-upgrade disable
Associated Features
The cable image-upgrade disable command is used to configure the following features:
•
Bundled Image Upgrade
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
show cable-image upgrade bundle
|
Displays the upgraded images of all the devices on the Supervisor card.
|
show cable-image upgrade version
|
Displays all the upgraded image versions on the line card.
|
cable linecard encryption
To configure the line card encryption scrambling algorithm, use the cable linecard encryption command in global configuration mode. To disable the line card encryption, use the no form of this command.
cable linecard slot encryption {pkey scrambler des | clear scrambler none}
no cable linecard slot encryption pkey scrambler des
Syntax Description
slot
|
Line card slot. The valid range is from 3 to 12.
|
pkey
|
Specifies the encryption type is PowerKEY.
|
scrambler
|
Specifies the encryption scrambling algorithms.
|
des
|
Indicates the scrambling algorithm is Data Encryption Standard (DES).
|
clear
|
Clears the encryption type.
|
none
|
Indicates no scrambling algorithm.
|
Command Default
None.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ
|
This command was introduced.
|
Usage Guidelines
The Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 DS-384 line card encryption capability is enforced by the software license. At line card insertion, no encryption feature license is available. The Cisco Software Licensing (CSL) and platform CSL layer validate the license present in the line card flash partitions. The line card is licensed for PowerKEY encryption scheme. For more information on Licensing, see Software License Activation for Cisco RF Gateway 10 Line Cards.
The Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card supports two different scrambling algorithms - DES and DVB-CSA. PowerKEY supports the DES algorithm. By default, DES is used for a PowerKEY enabled line card.
To disable line card encrytion use the no cable linecard slot encryption pkey scrambler des or cable linecard slot encryption clear scrambler none command
Examples
This example shows how to configure PowerKEY encryption on the line card:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# cable linecard 6 encryption pkey scrambler des
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
show cable licenses
|
Displays the licenses configured on the Cisco RFGW-10 line card.
|
cable linecard license max-carriers
To activate the QAM carrier density on the line card, use the cable linecard license max carriers command in global configuration mode. To deactivate the QAM carrier density on the line card, use the no form of this command.
cable linecard lc-slot license max-carriers carrier_density
no cable linecard lc-slot license max-carriers
Syntax Description
lc_slot
|
Slot of the line card in the QAM interface. Line card redundancy configured interfaces appear as QAM-red. Valid range is from 3 to 12.
|
carrier_density
|
Maximum carrier density per line card. The carrier densities for the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card are 48, 96, 192, and 384. The default carrier density is 96.
|
Command Default
Enabled during line card bootup, provided that a valid QAM carrier license exists on the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
15.0(2)SQ
|
This command was introduced.
|
Usage Guidelines
The cable linecard license max-carriers command sets the QAM carrier density of the line card. Valid configurable licenses are required for the maximum carriers densities per line card. The density specifications are validated by the license on the Supervisor when the max-carriers ports are created.
This command defines the maximum carrier density for a downstream QAM line card. The maximum carriers supported on the Cisco RFGW10-DS-48 line card are 48, and the maximum carriers supported on the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card are 384.
Note
This command is applicable on the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card. This command is auto-generated, and cannot be modified for the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-48 line card.
Examples
The following example sets the QAM carrier density for the line card in slot 3.
Router(config)# cable linecard 3 license max-carriers 96
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable downstream max-carriers
|
Creates QAM carriers per RF port on the Cisco RFGW-10.
|
cable linecard reset
To partially reset the line card, use the cable linecard reset command in privileged EXEC configuration mode.
cable linecard slot reset
Syntax Description
slot
|
Specifies the line card slot. Valid slot numbers are 3 to 12.
|
Command Default
This command has no default behavior or values.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC (#)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Usage Guidelines
This command partially resets the line card and the CPU. The front panel SFP (small form-factor pluggable) module continues to process the data.
Examples
The following example shows a partial reset of the line card in slot 3:
Router#cable linecard 3 reset
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
hw-module slot reset
|
Resets the line card on the chassis.
|
cable midplane ping
To enable the midplane failure detection between the line card and the Supervisor on the Cisco RFGW-10, use the cable midplane ping command in global configuration mode. To disable the midplane failure detection, use the no form of this command.
cable midplane ping interval ping-interval retries retry_num wait wait-interval action {log |
none}
no cable midplane ping interval ping-interval retries retry_num wait wait-interval action {log |
none}
Syntax Description
interval
|
Specifies the frequency of pings sent by the line card.
|
ping-interval
|
Length of ping interval, in milliseconds. The valid range is from 10000 to 600000.
|
retries
|
Specifies the number of times the line card retries before sending the error message.
|
retry_num
|
Number of midplane ping retries. The range is from 10 to 100.
|
wait
|
Specifies the time the line card should wait to restart sending the pings after a ping failure has occurred.
|
wait-interval
|
Waiting time period, in milliseconds. The range is from 10000 to 600000.
|
action
|
Specifies the action taken when ping failure occurs.
|
log
|
Messages are written to a system log on ping failure.
|
none
|
Action is not taken; pings are disabled.
|
Command Default
The midplane failure detection is not configured.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(50)SQ4
|
This command was introduced.
|
Usage Guidelines
Use the cable midplane ping command to enable midplane pings between the line card and the Supervisor. When this command is enabled, the line card periodically sends ping packets to the Supervisor, and receives responses. However, if no responses are received by the line card, an error message is sent to the Supervisor, and the pings are disabled.
The minimum ping interval is 10000 milliseconds with 10 retries. If a ping fails after the number of retries, the line card waits before restarting the pings. This delay interval is configured as the wait parameter.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the midplane ping interval for 10000 milliseconds with 10 retry attempts, followed by a wait interval of 10000 milliseconds, and an action to log a message on failure:
Router(config)# cable midplane ping interval 10000 retries 10 wait 10000 action log
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
clear cable midplane ping statistics
|
Clears the midplane ping statistics on the Cisco RFGW-10.
|
show cable midplane ping statistics
|
Displays the midplane ping statistics between the line card and the Supervisor on the Cisco RFGW-10.
|
cable mode
To set the mode of the QAM channel, use the cable mode command in QAM interface and subinterface configuration mode. To remove this setting, use the no form of this command.
cable mode depi {local lbg lbg-interface | remote [learn]} | video {local | remote encrypt}
no cable mode {depi | video} {local | remote}
Syntax Description
depi
|
Specifies the DEPI mode of the QAM channel.
|
video
|
Specifies the video mode of the QAM channel.
|
local
|
Specifies that the QAM channel is manually configured.
|
lbg
|
Specifies the load balancing group. The QAM block or the Ten Gigabit Ethernet is assigned to the QAM-based local DEPI session.
Note 192 carriers are supported on a load balancing group.
|
lbg-interface
|
Load balancing group interface. Valid values are 1 and 2.
|
remote
|
Specifies that the QAM channel is remotely configured.
|
learn
|
(Optional) Specifies that the QAM channel is in learn mode and the RFGW-10 can learn the channel configuration from the M-CMTS. All QAM channels on a single port must be in learn mode for this configuration to work.
|
encrypt
|
Sets the mode for encryption based remote video sessions.
Maximum number of video sessions per line card is 3840.
Maximum number of video sessions per chassis is 38400.
Maximum number of encrypted video sessions per line card is 1920.
Number of video QAM carriers per line card is 256 for Annex-B, 192 for Annex-A or mixed.
|
Command Default
No cable mode is set on the QAM channel.
Command Modes
QAM interface and subinterface configuration (config-if and config-subif)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
12.2(50)SQ
|
This command was modified to add remote and learn keywords.
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.2.0SQ
|
This command was modified to include the lbg keyword for local DEPI sessions, and 24-qam-map for local video sessions.
The cable mode depi remote learn command is configurable at the QAM interface level.
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ
|
This command was modified to include the encrypt keyword for encryption based remote video sessions and remove 24-qam-map keyword for the Cisco DS-384 line card.
|
Usage Guidelines
QAM channels on the Cisco RFGW-10 are characterized based on their usage mode and ownership. QAM channels within a QAM port are configured in DEPI and video mode.
Note
QAM channels cannot be configured within a QAM port in DEPI or Video mode on the Cisco RF Gateway-10 DS48 line card.
Note
Ensure that you configure the same mode on all channels of a port.
Each QAM channel is configured locally via CLI or remotely through a signaling protocol, such as Modular Cable Modem Termination System (M-CMTS) Downstream External PHY Interface (DEPI), Data Network Control Station (DNCS), Generic QAM Interface (GQI), or Edge Resource Manager Interface (ERMI). The DNCS, GQI and ERMI protocols are used for video only. If a QAM channel is used for remote setup, it cannot be configured locally.
Note
If other QAM channels on a single port are set to a different mode, the configuration of a QAM channel may fail.
Tip
Before changing the existing cable mode of a channel on a port, the no cable mode command should be executed.
In Cisco IOS Release Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.2.0SQ, load balancing groups are assigned to QAM channels while configuring local DEPI sessions. Two load balancing groups exist per line card. The QAM channels are equally divided between the two load balancing groups on any line card. Each load balancing group supports 192 carriers or 9.1Gbps.
Effective with Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ, the 24-qam-map keyword is not supported on the Cisco DS-384 line card.
Examples
The following example shows the configuration of QAM subinterface 7/1.1 using DEPI mode locally on a Cisco RFGW-10. Load balancing interface 1 is assigned to the QAM channel:
Router(config)# interface qam-red7/1.1
Router(config-subif)# cable mode depi local lbg 1
The following is an example at the QAM interface 3/1 level with DEPI in remote learn mode on a Cisco RFGW-10:
Router(config)# interface qam 3/1
Router(config-if)# cable mode depi remote learn
The following is an example at the QAM subinterface 6/4.1 level with DEPI in learn mode on a Cisco RFGW-10:
Router(config)# interface qam 6/4.1
Router(config-subif)# cable mode depi remote learn
The following is a sample output to show the total number of video sessions:
Router# show cable video session slot 3
Session QAM Stream Sess IP UDP Out Input Input Output PSI
Ctrl
ID Port Type Type Address Port Pgm Bitrate State State Rdy
State
---------- ------- ------ ---- ---------------- ----- ----- -------- ------ ------ ---
-----
201459584 3/1.2 Remap SSM - - 1 2500412 ACTIVE OFF NO -
201459585 3/1.2 Remap SSM - - 2 2500415 ACTIVE OFF NO -
201459586 3/1.2 Remap SSM - - 3 2500420 ACTIVE OFF NO -
201459587 3/1.2 Remap SSM - - 4 2500427 ACTIVE OFF NO -
201459588 3/1.2 Remap SSM - - 5 2500427 ACTIVE OFF NO -
201459589 3/1.2 Remap SSM - - 6 2500427 ACTIVE OFF NO -
201459590 3/1.2 Remap SSM - - 7 2500427 ACTIVE OFF NO -
201459591 3/1.2 Remap SSM - - 8 2500433 ACTIVE OFF NO -
201459592 3/1.2 Remap SSM - - 9 2500436 ACTIVE OFF NO -
RFGW-10#show cable video session slot 3 | inc Total
The following example shows the output expected while trying to create the 193rd encrypted video session:
cable mode video remote encrypt
cable downstream lqam-group 27
cable downstream rf-profile default-rf-profile
cable downstream frequency 597000000
no cable downstream rf-shutdown
cable partition 2 external-channel 192
Router(config-subif)# cable mode video remote encrypt
Error: Max encrypted carriers on linecard 3 reached, limit is 192
%ERROR: Failed to enable encryption for Qam3/5.1 - max encrypted carriers reached, only
192 allowed
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
show depi tunnel
|
Displays all active control connections.
|
show depi session
|
Displays established DEPI data sessions.
|
show cable linecard load-balancing-group
|
Displays the load balancing groups on the Cisco RFGW-10.
|
show controllers qam
|
Displays information about downstream configuration on a line card.
|
show running-config interface qam
|
Displays the downstream configuration of a QAM channel.
|
cable partition
To manage and assign QAM channels to a QAM partition, use the cable partition command in QAM subinterface configuration mode. To disable, use the no form of this command.
cable partition partition-id {external-channel channel_number}
no cable partition partition-id {external-channel channel_number}
Syntax Description
partition-id
|
QAM partition ID. The valid range is from 1 to 50.
|
external-channel
|
Specifies the output port number used in ERM to represent a QAM channel.
|
channel_number
|
External output port number for GQI protocol QAM partition. The valid range is from 1-2147483647.
|
Command Default
This command is disabled by default.
Command Modes
QAM subinterface configuration (config-subif)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ
|
This command was introduced.
|
Usage Guidelines
Use the cable partition command to assign QAM channels to QAM partitions. Ensure that the QAM channel is configured for cable mode video remote encrypt and the QAM partition is created before assigning the QAM partition to the QAM channel.
Note
External channel is applicable to GQI protocol configured QAM partitions.
Examples
This example shows how to assign the QAM partition 3 to the QAM channel:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# interface qam-red 3/1.1
Router(config)# cable mode video remote encrypt
Router(config-subif)# cable partition 3 external-channel 200
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable qam-partition
|
Creates a QAM partition for video server on the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card.
|
cable qam-group
To configure a cable QAM group, use the cable qam-group command in QAM interface configuration mode. To remove the cable QAM group from the QAM interface, use the no form of this command.
cable qam-group qam-group-name
no cable qam-group qam-group-name
Syntax Description
qam-group-name
|
Cable QAM group name.
|
Command Default
This command is enabled by default.
Command Modes
QAM interface configuration (config-subif)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ
|
This command was introduced.
|
Usage Guidelines
To configure a cable QAM group, the QAM subinterface must be set to cable mode video remote mode. You cannot change or remove a QAM group from the QAM interface when it is advertised to the ERM.
Examples
This example shows how to create a cable QAM group:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# interface qam 3/1.2
Router(config-subif)# cable mode video remote
Router(config-subif)# cable qam-group qg1
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable service-group
|
Configures the QAM service group.
|
show cable service-group
|
Displays the service groups configured on the Cisco RFGW-10.
|
cable qam-partition
To create a user-defined QAM partition for a video server, use the cable qam-partition command in global configuration mode. To remove the QAM partition, use the no form of this command.
cable qam-partition partition-id
no cable qam-partition partition-id
Syntax Description
partition-id
|
QAM partition ID. The valid range is from 1 to 50.
|
Command Default
This command is enabled by default.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ
|
This command was introduced.
|
Usage Guidelines
QAM partitioning is introduced in on the Cisco RFGW-10 to support the sharing of a Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card or Cisco RFGW-10 chassis among different remote servers such as Digital Network Control System (DNCS), Universal Session Resource Manager (USRM), and Edge Resource Manager (ERM). The line card is partitioned and used by the multiple remote servers. QAM partitioning is used by protocol application such as GQI and ERMI to extend the QAM partition configuration for a given protocol.
QAM partitioning configuration provides the ability to divide QAM carriers into logical groups where each partition manages the QAM carriers without interfering with QAM carriers in different groups.
Fifty user-defined QAM partitions can be created with partition-id 1 to 50. These are used in remote video sessions.
A default QAM partition is a hidden partition (not user-defined) that collects the QAM carriers that are not assigned to any QAM partition. By default, all QAM carriers are in the default QAM partition. Once a QAM carrier is assigned to a partition, the carrier is removed from the default partition. Default partition IDs are used in local video sessions.
Examples
This example shows how to create a QAM partition:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# cable qam-partition 1
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
active
|
Activates the QAM partition configuration.
|
mgmt-ip
|
Configures the management IP address of the QAM partition.
|
protocol
|
Configures the control plane protocol of QAM partition.
|
server
|
Configures the IP address of an external server.
|
cable partition
|
Associates the QAM partition to the QAM interface.
|
cable qam-replication-group
To configure the QAM replication group, use the cable qam-replication-group command in global configuration mode. To remove the qam replication group, use the no form of this command.
cable qam-replication-group {group-id | new}
no cable qam-replication-group {group-id}
Syntax Description
groupd-id
|
QAM replication group ID. The valid range is from 1 to 3840.
|
new
|
Creates a new group and assigns a group number automatically.
|
Command Default
This command is enabled by default.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ
|
This command was introduced.
|
Usage Guidelines
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ introduces the QAM replication group feature to replicate any single QAM output from one port to another port on the same Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card.
A QAM Replication Group (QRG) contains information about a single source QAM and its corresponding replicated copy or copies. A QRG contains only one pilot and a minimum of one and maximum of seven replicate QAMs. Each group is numbered with an identifier and contains the slot, port and channel number for both the source QAM (pilot-qam) and the destination QAM or QAMs (replicate-qam).
The cable qam-replication-group group-id command does one of the following:
•
When there is no group already configured with a matching group-id, it creates one and opens it for editing.
•
When there is an existing group with a matching group-id, it opens it for editing.
Note
QAM replication is supported only within a given line card and not from one line card to another.
Examples
This example shows how to create a user-defined QAM replication group:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# cable qam-replication-group 1
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
pilot-qam
|
Configures the pilot QAM in the QAM replication group.
|
replicate-qam
|
Configures the replicate QAM in the QAM replication group.
|
cable route linecard load-balance-group
To configure a video route on the cable load balancing group and to enter the load balancing group configuration mode, use the cable route linecard load-balance-group command in global configuration mode. To disable a video route, use the no form of this command.
cable route linecard lc-slot load-balance-group group-id
no cable route linecard lc-slot load-balance-group group-id
Syntax Description
lc-slot
|
Specifies the line card slot. The valid slot numbers are 3 to 12.
|
group-id
|
Specifies the load balancing group number. The valid group IDs are 1 and 2.
|
Command Default
This command is enabled on default.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ
|
This command was introduced.
|
Usage Guidelines
A load balancing group is used to identify a group of QAM traffic that uses the mid-plane 10 Gigabit Ethernet ports to forward traffic to the QAM carriers. Only 9.1Gbps traffic is allowed on the Cisco DS-384 line card.
On the Cisco RFGW-10, the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card has internal mid-plane interfaces to forward data traffic between the Supervisor and line card. Two load balancing groups represents this mid-plane— first mid-plane is LBG1, and second mid-plane is LBG2.
Examples
This example shows how to configure a load balancing group:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# cable route linecard 3 load-balance-group 1
Cable Load balance Group Configuration Commands:
exit Exit from route configuration for load balance
no Unconfigure Load Balance Group parameters
qam-partition QAM Partition
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable qam-partition
|
Creates a QAM partition for video server on the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card.
|
show cable linecard load-balancing-group
|
Displays the load balancing groups configured on the QAM partitions.
|
cable service-group
To create a cable service group and enter the QAM service group configuration mode, use the cable service-group command in global configuration mode. To remove the service group, use the no form of this command.
cable service-group group-name
no cable service-group group-name
Syntax Description
group-name
|
Service group name.
|
Command Default
This command is enabled by default.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ
|
This command was introduced.
|
Usage Guidelines
A cable service group contains one or multiple QAM groups. A QAM group contains one or more channels.
Examples
This example shows how to create a user-defined cable service group:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# cable service-group 1
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable qam-group
|
Configures the cable QAM group.
|
qam-group
|
Configures the QAM group in a cable service group.
|
show cable service-group
|
Displays the service group information.
|
cable video encryption-failover-mode
To enable video encryption failover, use the cable video encryption-failover-mode command in QAM subinterface configuration mode. To disable video encryption failover, use the no form of this command.
cable video encryption-failover-mode {blackout | clear}
no cable video encryption-failover-mode {blackout | clear}
Syntax Description
blackout
|
Indicates a fail to black. The encryption scheduler fails to retrieve and send a valid message for the session. The encrypted session is not played.
|
clear
|
Indicates a fail to clear. When failure occurs, the encrypted session is played without being scrambled.
|
Command Default
This command is enabled by default. The default failover mode is blackout.
Command Modes
QAM subinterface configuration (config-subif)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ
|
This command was introduced.
|
Usage Guidelines
Each encrypted session can be configured as either a blackout or clear encryption failover.
Examples
This example shows how to configure blackout encryption failover:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# interface qam 3/1.1
Router(config-subif)# cable video encryption-failover-mode blackout
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable linecard encryption
|
Configures the line card encryption scrambling algorithm.
|
cable video group
To create a group of unicast video sessions, use the cable video group command in QAM subinterface configuration mode. To remove the group, use the no form of this command.
cable video group sessions ip IP-address udp port [increment increment] {data bitrate bps |
passthru [bitrate bps | cbr [bitrate bps | jitter ms] | jitter ms] | program program[increment
increment][bitrate bps | jitter ms]}
no cable video group group ip ip-address udp port [increment increment] {data bitrate bps |
passthru [bitrate bps | cbr [bitrate bps | jitter ms] | jitter ms] | program program[increment
increment][bitrate bps | jitter ms]}
Syntax Description
sessions
|
Specifies the number of sessions in a group. Valid group range is 2 to 30.
|
ip
|
Specifies the destination IP address.
|
IP-address
|
IP address of the destination.
|
udp
|
Specifies UDP as the protocol.
|
port
|
Specifies the UDP port used. Valid UDP port range is 1 to 65535.
|
increment
|
(Optional) Adds the increment value to the group UDP sessions.
|
increment
|
Specifies the increment value of the UDP port. Valid range is 1 to 10000. The default value is 1.
|
data
|
Adds a data-piping session to the QAM interface.
|
bitrate
|
Sets bitrate for group sessions.
|
bps
|
Specifies the bitrate value. Valid range is 1 to 52000000 bps.
|
passthru
|
Adds a pass-through session to the QAM interface.
|
cbr
|
Sets the constant bitrate for sessions.
|
jitter
|
(Optional) Sets the jitter for group sessions.
|
ms
|
Specifies the jitter value. Valid range is between 10 to 200 ms.
|
program
|
Sets the first program.
|
prog-num
|
Specifies the program number. Valid range is 1 to 65535.
|
Command Default
This command has no default behavior or values.
Command Modes
QAM subinterface configuration (config-subif)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ
|
This command was integrated in Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ. The keyword ip was added.
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.1SQB1
|
This command was modified. The data and passthru keywords were added.
|
Usage Guidelines
This command allows you to configure a group of video unicast sessions within a QAM channel and over a range of QAM channels.
Note
The QAM subinterface must be set to cable video local mode.
Note
If increment keyword is not specified, thedefault increment value used is 1.
The bitrate keyword is mandatory for data-piping sessions and optional for passthru and remap sessions.
Examples
The following example shows a configuration of a video group for three video sessions with an increment of one:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# interface qam 3/3.1
Router(config-subif)# cable video group 2 ip 198.162.11.254 udp 49152 program 1
This example shows configuration of passthru video sessions:
Router(config-subif)# cable video group 2 ip 198.162.11.254 udp 49156 passthru
This example shows configuration of unicast video sessions with data-piping:
Router (config-subif)# cable video group 2 ip 198.162.11.254 udp 49154 data bitrate 50000
This example shows the configurations in the output of the show run interface command
Router# show run interface qam 3/3.1
Current configuration : 603 bytes
cable downstream lqam-group 1
cable downstream tsid 331
cable downstream rf-profile rf-video
cable downstream frequency 255000000
no cable downstream rf-shutdown
cable downstream interleaver-depth I128-J1
cable video ip 192.168.11.254 udp 49152 program 1
cable video ip 192.168.11.254 udp 49153 program 2
cable video ip 192.168.11.254 udp 49154 data bitrate 50000
cable video ip 192.168.11.254 udp 49155 data bitrate 50000
cable video ip 192.168.11.254 udp 49156 passthru
cable video ip 192.168.11.254 udp 49157 passthru
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
show cable video session
|
Displays the video session on the RF Gateway 10.
|
cable video ip multicast
To configure the multicast video sessions on a load balancing group, use the cable video ip multicast command in QAM subinterface configuration mode. To disable the multicast sessions, use the no form of this command.
cable video ip dest-IP-address multicast label {data | passthru | program prog-num}
no cable video ip dest-IP-address multicast label {data | passthru | program prog-num}
Syntax Description
dest-IP-address
|
Destination IP address of the video route or GQI ingress port IP address.
|
label
|
Specifies the multicast session label definition created for ASM or SSM.
|
data
|
Adds a data-piping session to the QAM interface.
|
passthru
|
Adds a pass-through session to the QAM interface.
|
program
|
Adds a remap session to the QAM interface.
|
prog-num
|
Specifies the program number.
|
Command Default
The load balancing group is configured.
Command Modes
QAM subinterface configuration (config-subif)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ
|
This command was introduced.
|
Usage Guidelines
Video servers use multiple network paths to reach the Cisco RFGW-10. Traffic enters through one of the multiple ingress ports to the Cisco RFGW-10.
Multiple ports also exist on the Cisco RFGW-10 between the ingress port to the output QAM channel. Each line card receives traffic from the internal ports. Using QAM partitioning, a mapping is specified using QAM partitions input route and the internal port. For example, a QAM partition with 10Gbps of maximum throughput may use one mid-plane 10 Gigabit Ethernet port exclusively or divide the throughput using 5 Gbps to two 10 Gigabit Ethernet port.
When a QAM model has more than one input port, the server determines which input port to use for a video session. For the ERMI QAM model, the input IP address is used to signal which input port should be used for a video session. For GQI model, the input port ID is used. This input port determines the route of the QAM partition. For multicast traffic, the internal port and the ingress port are used to join the multicast traffic.
Video routes are organized according to the mid-plane ports. The load balancing group ID indicates which midplane port is used for the sessions.
The input route is configured using the cable route linecard load-balane-group command at the global configuration level. For multicast sessions, the input route consists of destination IP address, maximum reserved bandwidth on the mid-plane and source and group IP address of the label using the cable video label command.
Note
The same load balancing group on the line card can configure video routes for both local and remote sessions, as long as the total bandwidth reserved for each route does not exceed 9.1 Gbps for Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card.
Note
The QAM subinterface must be set to cable mode video local mode for local video sessions and cable mode video remote mode for remote video sessions.
A video session contains input attributes, processing type, and output attributes.
The input attributes include:
•
Input type (ASM or SSM)
•
Input port information (destination port)
•
Allocated bitrate
•
Jitter buffer size
The output processing types are as described as follows:
•
Data-piping: All the input Program Identifiers (PID)s are preserved to the output. No Program Specific Information (PSI) processing and dejittering is performed.
•
Pass-through: All input program numbers and PIDs are preserved to the output. In general, only one pass-through session is present on the QAM channel.
•
Remapped: The output program number and PIDs are different from the input. The output program number is configured and output PIDs are selected on the program number.
The output attributes include the output QAM channel and output program number for remapped sessions.
Examples
This example shows how to configure local multicast video sessions:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# cable route linecard 3 load-balance-group 1
Router(config-lbg)# qam-partition default ip 192.168.10.10 udp 49201 49250 bitrate 250000
Router(config)# interface Qam3/3.48
Router(config-subif)# cable mode video local
Router(config-subif)# cable vÃdeo ip 192.168.10.10 multicast ssm0 program 100
This example shows how to configure remote multicast video sessions:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# cable route linecard 3 load-balance-group 2
Router(config-lbg)# qam-partition 3 ip 192.168.10.10 udp 49201 49250 bitrate 250000
Router(config)# interface Qam3/3.40
Router(config-subif)# cable mode video remote
Router(config-subif)# cable vÃdeo ip 172.168.10.10 udp 23 multicast ssm0 program 100
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable qam-partition
|
Creates a QAM partition for video server on the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card.
|
cable route linecard load-balancing-group
|
Configure a video route on the cable load balancing group on the line card.
|
cable video labels
|
Enters the cable video label configuration mode.
|
cable video ip udp
To configure unicast video sessions, use the cable video ip udp command in QAM subinterface configuration mode. To remove the sessions, use the no form of this command.
cable video ip ip-address {udp {port | port - Max port} | [udp port ] multicast label } {{data
bitrate bps | data} | {passthru [bitrate bps | cbr [bitrate bps | jitter ms] | jitter ms] |
passthru} | {{program program number | program program number [increment increment]}
| [bitrate bps | jitter ms] | program program numbe}
no cable video ip ip-address {udp {port | port - Max port} | [udp port ] multicast label } {{data
bitrate bps | data} | {passthru [bitrate bps | cbr [bitrate bps | jitter ms] | jitter ms] |
passthru} | {{program program number | program program number [increment increment]}
| [bitrate bps | jitter ms] | program program numbe}
Syntax Description
ip-address
|
Destination IP address of the video route on default QAM partition.
|
udp
|
Specifies UDP as the protocol.
|
port
|
Specifies the UDP port used. Valid range is 1 to 65535.
|
-
|
(Optional)Hyphen used to set the UDP range. Used with Max port option.
|
Max port
|
(Optional) Specifies the maximum UDP port used to specify the UDP port range.
|
data
|
Adds a data-piping session to the QAM interface.
|
bitrate
|
Sets the bitrate allocated for the data session.
|
bps
|
Specifies the bitrate value. Valid range is 1 to 52000000 bps.
|
multicast
|
Adds the multicast session to the QAM subinterface.
|
label
|
Specifies the multicast session label definition created for ASM or SSM.
|
passthru
|
Adds a pass-through session to the QAM interface.
|
cbr
|
(Optional) Sets the Constant bitrate or jitter for the session
|
jitter
|
(Optional) Sets the jitter for group sessions.
|
ms
|
(Optional) Specifies the jitter value. Valid range is between 10 to 200 ms.
|
program
|
Adds a remap session to the QAM interface.
|
program number
|
Specifies the program number.
|
increment
|
(Optional) Adds the increment value to the program number.
|
increment
|
Specifies the increment value of the program number. Valid range is 1 to 200.
|
Command Default
None.
Command Modes
QAM subinterface configuration (config-subif)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ
|
This command was introduced. This command replaces the cable video udp command.
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.1SQB1
|
This command was modified. The udp keyword is modified to specify a UDP port range to configure unicast video sessions. The bitrate keyword is made optional for passthru and remap session creation.
|
Usage Guidelines
Note
The QAM subinterface must be set using the cable mode video local command for local video sessions and cable mode video remote command for remote video sessions.
The video route is configured in the cable route linecard load-balance-group configuration mode. While configuring the video session, the destination IP adress must be the same as the one configured on the cable route linecard load-balance-group mode. For a unicast session, the UDP port number must be one of the UDPs defined in the UDP range.
Note
To change the bitrate or jitter value of an existing video session to a higher value, remove the existing video session and reconfigure a new session. To avoid oversubscription, ensure that the actual bitrate of the video session does not exceed the allocated bitrate.
Note
Effective from Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.1SQB1, the UDP port range with port - Max port range argument is introduced.Valid UDP port value range for the udp port and Max port is 1 to 65535.
Note
The default value for increment option is 1.
Note
Individual sessions created using the udp keyword with the port range option, cannot be deleted using the clear cable video session id command or no form with specific UDP port value.
Examples
This example shows how to configure local unicast video sessions:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# cable route linecard 3 load-balancing-group 1
Router(config-lbg)# qam-partition default ip 192.168.10.10 udp 49201 49255 bitrate 250000
Router(config)# interface qam3/3.1
Router(config-subif)# cable mode video local
Router(config-subif)# cable vÃdeo ip 192.168.10.10 udp 49211 program 10 bitrate 3750000
Router(config-subif)# exit
This example shows how to configure remote unicast video sessions:
Router(config)# cable route linecard 3 load-balancing-group 2
Router(config-lbg)# qam-partition 2 ip 192.168.10.10 udp 49256 49356 bitrate 250000
Router(config)# interface Qam3/3.48
Router(config-subif)# cable mode video remote [encrypt]
Router(config-subif)# cable partition 2 external-channel 23
Effective from Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.1SQB1, this example shows how to configure a remap session using the udp port - Max port option
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# interface qam3/3.1
Router(config-subif)# cable video ip 192.168.10.10 udp 49253 - 49255 program 2 increment 1
This example shows how to configure a Passthru session using the
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# interface qam 3/3.1
Router(config-subif)# cable video ip 192.168.10.10 udp 49240 - 49245 passthru
Router(config-subif)# exit
This example shows how to configure a Data-piping session:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# interface qam 3/3.1
Router(config-subif)# cable video ip 192.168.10.10 udp 49246 - 49250 data bitrate 64000
Router(config-subif)# exit
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable qam-partition
|
Creates a QAM partition for video server on the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card.
|
cable route linecard load-balance-group
|
Configure a video route on the cable load balancing group on the line card.
|
cable video labels
|
Enters the cable video label configuration mode.
|
cable video labels
To configure video session labels, use the cable video labels command in global configuration mode.
cable video labels
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
This command has no default behavior or values.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Usage Guidelines
This command is used to set video session configuration labels. Cisco RFGW-10 supports both Any Source Multicast (ASM) and Source Specific Multicast (SSM) video sessions. An ASM session is identified by the destination IP address. An SSM session is identified by the source or group IP address pairs. You can specify a maximum of three multicast address pairs in an SSM multicast session.
Examples
The following example shows an ASM label on the Cisco RFGW-10:
Router#configure terminal
Router(config)#cable video labels
Router(cfg-video-lbl)#asm asm1 group 1.2.2.2
The following example configures an SSM label on the Cisco RFGW-10:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)#cable video labels
Router(cfg-video-lbl)#ssm ssm1 source 2.2.22.2 group 1.1.11.1 bitrate 34
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
asm
|
Configures the Any Source Multicast (ASM) session definition.
|
cable video multicast
|
Configures ASM or SSM video session on the QAM interface.
|
ssm
|
Configures the Source Specific Multicast (SSM) session definition.
|
cable video multicast
To configure video multicast sessions on a QAM interface, use the cable video multicast command in QAM subinterface configuration mode. To deconfigure the multicast session, use the no form of this command.
cable video multicast label {data | passthru | program prog-num}
no cable video multicast label {data | passthru | program prog-num}
Syntax Description
label
|
Specifies the multicast session label definition created for ASM or SSM.
|
data
|
Adds a data-piping session to the QAM interface.
|
passthru
|
Adds a pass-through session to the QAM interface.
|
program
|
Adds a VoD session to the QAM interface.
|
prog-num
|
Specifies the program number.
|
Command Default
ASM and SSM labels are configured on the chassis.
Command Modes
QAM subinterface configuration (config-subif)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Usage Guidelines
A video session contains input attributes, processing type, and output attributes.
The input attributes include:
•
Input type (ASM or SSM)
•
Input port information (destination UDP port or labels)
•
Allocated bitrate
•
Jitter buffer size
The output processing types are as described as follows:
•
Data-piping: All the input Program Identifiers (PID)s are preserved to the output. No Program Specific Information (PSI) processing and dejittering is performed.
•
Pass-through: All input program numbers and PIDs are preserved to the output. In general, only one pass-through session is present on the QAM channel.
•
Remapped: The output program number and PIDs are different from the input. The output program number is configured and output PIDs are selected on the program number.
The output attributes include the output QAM channel and output program number for remapped sessions.
For unicast sessions, all attributes are configured at the QAM channel level. For multicast sessions, the input attributes are configured at the video session label level.
Examples
The following example shows the ASM video session configuration on a QAM interface:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)#interface qam 3/1.1
Router(config-subif)#cable video multicast asm1 data
Router(config-subif)# exit
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
asm
|
Creates a label for ASM multicast video session.
|
cable video labels
|
Enters the cable video label configuration mode.
|
cable video udp
|
Configures a unicast video session on QAM interface.
|
show cable video label
|
Displays the labels configured on the chassis.
|
show cable video session
|
Displays all cable video sessions configured on the Cisco RFGW-10.
|
ssm
|
Creates a label for SSM multicast video session.
|
cable video multicast uplink
To set an uplink port for multicast traffic, use the cable video multicast uplink command in global configuration mode. To remove the configuration, use the no form of this command.
cable video multicast uplink {GigabitEthernet | TenGigabitEthernet interface/port} [backup
GigabitEthernet | TenGigabitEthernet interface/port] [bandwidth kbps]
no cable video multicast uplink {GigabitEthernet | TenGigabitEthernet interface/port}
[backup GigabitEthernet | TenGigabitEthernet interface/port] [bandwidth kbps]
Syntax Description
GigabitEthernet
|
Indicates the Gigabit Ethernet interface. Valid slot range is 1 to 12.
|
TenGigabitEthernet
|
Indicates the 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface. Valid slots are 1 and 2.
|
interface/port
|
Specifies the interface slot and port.
|
backup
|
(Optional) Specifies the backup interface.
|
bandwidth
|
(Optional) Specifies the bandwidth of the interface.
|
kbps
|
(Optional) Specifies the bandwidth in kbps. Valid range is 1 to 1000000.
|
Command Default
This command has no default behavior or values.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ
|
This command was integrated in Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ.
|
Usage Guidelines
This command is used to set the Gigabit or Ten Gigabit Ethernet port for multicast routing. The backup interface takes over the primary interface in case of failure.
Note
Before setting the Gigabit Ethernet or Ten Gigabit Ethernet port for multicast routing, multicast routing must be enabled on the Cisco RFGW-10. The interfaces that would receive the multicast traffic must also be set in multicast mode.
Note
When OIR is performed for the primary interface card, the backup uplink configuration in running configuration is lost and the following warning the is issued on the console:
*Jun 14 11:54:22.211 IST: %RFGW-4-WARNING: Slot 4 removal with primary uplink GigabitEthernet 4/13 will cause loss of backup uplink TenGigabitEthernet 3/10 in running con
Examples
The following example configures video multicast on GigabitEthernet interface 1/3 and backup interface 2/3 with 20 kbps bandwidth:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# ip multicast-routing
Router(config)# cable video multicast uplink GigabitEthernet 1/3 backup GigabitEthernet
2/3 bandwidth 20
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
ip multicast-routing
|
Enables multicast routing on the Cisco RFGW-10.
|
show cable video multicast uplink
|
Displays video multicast uplink interfaces.
|
cable video pre-encrypted-multicast
To configure pre-encrypted Switched Digital Video (SDV) multicast video sessions, use the cable video pre-encrypted-multicast command in QAM subinterface configuration mode. To disable, use the no form of this command.
cable video pre-encrypted-multicast
no cable video pre-encrypted-multicast
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
Encryption must be enabled on QAM partition.
Command Modes
QAM subinterface configuration (config-subif)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ
|
This command was introduced.
|
Usage Guidelines
The cable video pre-encrypted-multicast command is configured for the QAM carrier configured with video remote mode and assigned to a GQI QAM partition.
When this CLI is configured on the QAM carriers, all session creation requests received from GQI, which has the encrypted flag set, is ignored.
Note
This mode setting is only required in a DNCS 5.0 environment and is not in the DNCS 6.0 environment and later. On a DNCS 6.0, ERMI, or local CLI, it is not mandatory to configure this session.
Examples
This example shows how to configure the cable video pre-encrypted-multicast command:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# interface Qam-red3/1.1
Router(config-subif)# cable carrier-id 1
Router(config-subif)# cable mode video remote encrypt
Router(config-subif)# cable downstream lqam-group 1
Router(config-subif)# cable downstream tsid 1
Router(config-subif)# cable downstream frequency 125000000
Router(config-subif)# cable downstream rf-shutdown
Router(config-subif)# cable partition 1 external-channel 1
Router(config-subif)# cable video pre-encrypted-multicast
Router(config-subif)# exit
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable video labels
|
Enters the cable video label configuration mode.
|
cable video ip udp
|
Configures a unicast video session on the QAM interface.
|
show cable video label
|
Displays the labels configured on the chassis.
|
show cable video session
|
Displays all cable video sessions configured on the Cisco RFGW-10.
|
cable video psi-interval
To configure the Program Specific Information (PSI) interval, use the cable video psi-interval command in QAM subinterface configuration mode. To restore the default value, use the no form of this command.
cable video psi-interval ms
no cable video psi-interval ms
Syntax Description
ms
|
Specifies the interval time. Valid range is from 40 to 1000 ms. Default is 100 ms.
|
Command Default
The default PSI interval value is 100 ms.
Command Modes
QAM subinterface configuration (config-subif)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ
|
This command was integrated in Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ.
|
Usage Guidelines
The PSI interval is a timer configured on the QAM subinterface.
Reconfiguring the PSI interval value reschedules all existing and new sessions in the same QAM channel with the new value.
The no form of this command resets the value to the default value.
Examples
The following example shows the configuration of the PSI timer:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# interface qam 3/1.1
Router(config-subif)# cable video psi-interval 40
Router(config-subif)# exit
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable video timeout
|
Configures the video session time-out intervals on the QAM interface.
|
cable video servers
To configure server groups for video sessions using external servers, use the cable video servers command in global configuration mode. To deconfigure server groups for video sessions, use the no form of this command.
cable video servers server-groupname
no cable video servers server-groupname
Syntax Description
server-groupname
|
Specifies the name of the video server group.
|
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Global configuration (config)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
12.2(50)SQ
|
This command was modified. The cable video server group configuration commands were modified.
|
Usage Guidelines
Server groups are required to set up video sessions when external servers such as the Data Network Control Station (DNCS) are used.
A server group specifies the properties of protocols used, time-out and reconnect time intervals, IP address of the server, and the management IP address for communication between the server and the Cisco RFGW-10.
Any number of server groups can be created, but only one of each type can be activated at any point of time.
Examples
The following example shows how to create a server group and lists the properties:
Router(config)#cable video servers servergroup1
Router(config-video-servers)#?
Cable Video Server Group Configuration Commands:
active Start using the server-group
exit Exit from the Video Server Group mode
mgmt-ip-address Management IP address
no Unconfigure Video Server Group parameters
protocol Configure protocols supported by servers in the group
reset Configure GQI Reset parameters
server IP address of video servers
keepalive Configure keepalive parameters
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
active
|
Activates the server.
|
ip rpc portmapper
|
Establishes an RPC connection between the external server and EQAM.
|
keepalive retry
|
Configures the keepalive retry value on the server.
|
mgmt-ip-address mac-address
|
Configures the management IP and MAC address of the server.
|
protocol
|
Configures the protocols supported by the server.
|
reset interval
|
Configures the reset interval on the server.
|
server
|
Configures the IP address of the server.
|
cable video table
To configure video sessions on a QAM channel using the pre-defined UDP map, use the cable video table command in QAM subinterface configuration mode. To remove the configuration, use the no form of this command.
cable video table 24-qam-map
no cable video table 24-qam-map
Syntax Description
24-qam-map
|
Specifies the pre-defined port map. This is only applicable to local sessions.
|
Command Default
This command has no default values or behavior.
Command Modes
QAM subinterface configuration (config-subif)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Usage Guidelines
Local video sessions offer two methods of mapping UDP ports to QAM ports:
•
User-specified UDP ranges:Start and end UDP ports are specified using the cable video udp command.
•
Table-based: Referred to as 24-qam-map. A local session is configured locally on the Cisco RFGW-10 using the cable video table command. The currently supported pre-defined UDP map is the 24-qam-map table.
Examples
The following example configures 30 (input sessions per QAM channel) re-mapped sessions in a QAM interface channel:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)#interface qam 3/1.1
Router(config-subif)#cable video table 24-qam-map
Router(config-subif)# exit
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable video udp
|
Configures a unicast video session on QAM interface.
|
show cable video session
|
Displays all cable video sessions configured on the Cisco RFGW-10.
|
cable video timeout
To configure the video session time-out thresholds, use the cable video timeout command in global configuration mode. To restore the default value, use the no form of this command.
cable video timeout {init-session ms | idle-session ms | off-session sec | low-bitrate-idle-session
sec}
no cable video timeout {init-session ms | idle-session ms | off-session sec |
low-bitrate-idle-session sec}
Syntax Description
init-session
|
Sets the timeout interval during initialization of a video session. Valid range is from 100 ms to 60000 ms. Default is 5000 ms.
|
idle-session
|
Sets the idle video session timeout interval. Valid range for idle sessions is 10 0ms to 2000 ms. Default value is 250 ms.
|
off-session
|
Sets the timeout interval for an off video session. Valid range for off sessions is 1 second to 4294967295 seconds. Default value is 60 seconds.
|
low-bitrate-idle-session
|
Sets the idle session timeout interval.
When the low bitrate value is less than or equal to 64000 bps, the default idle timeout value is 5 seconds.
Note For video sessions with bitrate value greater than 256000 bps, the idle-session timeout value is 250msec by default or takes the user configured value.
|
ms
|
Specifies the time in milliseconds.
|
sec
|
Specifies the time in seconds
|
Command Default
Newly created sessions are in the init state. The default value is 5000 ms.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ
|
This command was integrated and modified to include the low-bitrate-idle-session keyword.
|
Usage Guidelines
A video session is created in the init state. The session enters the idle state when no traffic flows over a time duration specified by the init timer. The state transition is used to trigger a source switchover if a backup source is provided for the session.
When traffic stops in an active video session for a time period longer than the idle timer, the session moves to the idle state.
Similar to the idle state sessions are the off state sessions. Idle video sessions enter the off state when the time period of the idle session is longer than the off timer. The default off timer value is 60 seconds.
Use the cable video timeout low-bitrate-idle-session command to separate low bitrate idle sessions for SDV mini-carousel with 64Kbps.
The no form of the command resets the timer to the default value.
Reconfiguration of the init timer, idle timer, and the off timer affects only the new video sessions. The existing video sessions remain unchanged.
Note
A session always moves from the idle state before moving to the off state.
Examples
The following example shows the configuration of the idle session timer to 200 ms and the off session timer to 2 seconds:
Router#configure terminal
Router(config)#cable video timeout idle-session 200
Router(config)#cable video timeout off-session 2
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable video psi-interval
|
Configures the PSI timer on a QAM interface.
|
cable video udp
Note
Effective with Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ the cable video udp command is relaced by the cable video ip udp command. See the cable video ip udp command for more details.
To configure a unicast video session, use the cable video udp command in QAM subinterface configuration mode. To unconfigure the session, use the no form of this command.
cable video udp port {data | filter pid pid-list | passthru [cbr] | program prog-num} [bitrate bps
| jitter ms]
no cable video udp port {data | filter pid {all | pid-list}| passthru [cbr] | program prog-num}
[bitrate bps | jitter ms]
Syntax Description
port
|
Specifies the destination UDP port.
|
data
|
Adds a data-piping session to the QAM interface.
|
filter
|
Adds a filter to the video session.
|
pid
|
Sets filtering of PIDs for the pass-through video session.
|
pid-list
|
Specifies the PIDs or the range of PIDs or both to be dropped for the video session. The PID range is specified in "lower_pid - upper_pid" format. All PIDs must be within 1 to 8190 inclusively.
PIDs and PID ranges are to be separated by commas. A space is required before and after the commas and hyphens.
|
all
|
Deletes all filtered PIDs. This keyword is applicable to the no form of the command.
|
passthru
|
Adds a pass through session to the QAM interface.
|
cbr
|
Specifies that the session is supposed to be constant bitrate.
|
program
|
Adds a VoD session to the QAM interface.
|
prog-num
|
Specifies the program number.
|
bitrate
|
(Optional) Sets the bitrate allocated for the session.
|
bps
|
(Optional) Specifies the bitrate value. Valid range is 1 to 52000000 bps. Default is 3.75 Mbps.
|
jitter
|
(Optional) Specifies the amount of jitter allowed in a network.
|
ms
|
(Optional) Specifies the jitter value. Valid range is 10 to 200 ms. Default is 200 ms.
|
Command Default
This command has no default behavior or values.
Command Modes
QAM subinterface configuration (config-subif)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
12.2(50)SQ1
|
Added the filter keyword to allow filtering of PIDs for pass-through video sessions.
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ
|
This command is replaced by the cable video ip udp command.
|
Usage Guidelines
A unicast session is identified by its destination IP address and destination UDP port number. The destination IP address of the QAM block is configured in the video route command at the global configuration level. The destination UDP port is specified per unicast session. The UDP port value should be within the specified range and the corresponding configured video policy route.
Filtering of PIDs is applicable for pass-through video sessions. It is intended for filtering of unreferenced PIDs. No PMT regeneration will be performed even if PIDs referenced in the PMT are filtered. Upto 32 PIDs can be filtered per session. Up to eight PIDs or PID ranges can be specified in one CLI line. Multiple commands lines can be used to specify the PID filter.
Note
The QAM subinterface must be set to cable video local mode.
Note
To change the bitrate or jitter value of an existing video session to a higher value, remove the existing video session and reconfigure a new session. To avoid oversubscription, ensure that the actual bitrate of the video session does not exceed the allocated bitrate.
Examples
The following example configures a VoD session on QAM interface 3:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# interface qam 3/1.1
Router(config-subif)# cable mode video local
Router(config-subif)# cable video udp 1000 program 2 bitrate 3750000
Router(config-subif)# exit
The following example shows filtering being configured for unicast sessions. PID 23, 45 and PID range between 40 to 50 are filtered:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# interface qam-red 3/1.1
Router(config-subif)# cable video udp 10000 passthru 3500000
Router(config-subif)# cable video udp 10000 filter pid 23 , 34 , 40 - 50
Router(config-subif)# exit
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable video multicast
|
Configures video multicast session on QAM interface.
|
show cable video session
|
Displays the video sessions configured on the chassis.
|
class
To select the redundancy class for a line card group, use the class command in line card redundancy configuration mode. To disable, use the no form of this command.
class {1:1 | 1:n}
no class
Syntax Description
1:1 | 1:n
|
Specifies the redundancy class of the line card.
• 1:1—Supports hot redundancy.
• 1:n—Supports warm redundancy.
|
Command Default
This command has no default behaviour or values.
Command Modes
Line card redundancy configuration (config-red-lc)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Usage Guidelines
This command configures the redundancy class for the line card. The transmission switching between an active line card and a switchover line card is done by setting the class. Classes 1:1 and 1:n imply transmission switching from the active line card to the standby line card on switchover.
1:n redundancy refers to "n" active line cards being protected by one standby line card. The standby can take over for any active that fails, but cannot protect the others until the failed unit is restored and the standby is back in standby mode. 1:1 redundancy is treated as a special case of 1:n with a dedicated standby unit for a single active line card.
Examples
The following example assigns class 1: 1 on redundancy line card group 2 on the Cisco RFGW-10:
Router(config-red)#linecard-group 2 internal-switch
Router(config-red-lc)#class 1:1
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
description
|
Adds a description to the line card group.
|
linecard-group internal-switch
|
Creates a line card group for the line card.
|
member slot
|
Adds a slot to the redundancy group.
|
redundancy
|
Enters redundancy configuration mode.
|
show redundancy linecard
|
Displays information about a line card or a line card group.
|
clear cable clock counters
To clear information about Timing, Communication and Control (TCC) DOCSIS Timing Interface (DTI) client and server counts and path traceability information, use the clear cable clock counters command in privileged EXEC mode.
clear cable clock slot counters
Syntax Descriptionn
slot
|
Identifies a TCC interface on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Command Default
This command has no default values or behavior.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC (#)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Usage Guidelines
This command clears the TCC DTI client and server statistic counts and path traceability information.
Examples
The following example shows the counters on the TCC 13 card on the Cisco RF Gateway 10:
Router#show cable clock 13 counters
TCC Card 13 DTI counters:
-------------------------
Client Normal time : 0x1EB6
Client Holdover time : 0x0000
Client Phase Correction : 0
Client Freq Correction : 63213
Client EFC Correction : 61039
Client transition count t3 : 0
Client transition count t4 : 1
Client transition count t6 : 0
Client transition count t7 : 0
Client port switch count : 1
The following command clears the counters on the TCC 13 card on the Cisco RF Gateway 10:
Router#clear cable clock 13 counters
The following is a sample output of the TCC 13 card counters after execution of the clear cable clock counters command on the Cisco RF Gateway 10:
Router#show cable clock 13 counters
TCC Card 13 DTI counters:
-------------------------
Client Normal time : 0x01B5
Client Holdover time : 0x0000
Client Phase Correction : 65535
Client Freq Correction : 63210
Client EFC Correction : 60649
Client transition count t3 : 0
Client transition count t4 : 0
Client transition count t6 : 0
Client transition count t7 : 0
Client port switch count : 0
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable clock free-run
|
Allows the clock to be in free-run mode.
|
show cable clock
|
Displays information on TCC DTI client and server statistics counts and path traceability information.
|
clear cable depi counters
To clear all Downstream Exernal PHY Interface (DEPI) counters, use the clear cable depi counters command in privileged EXEC mode.
clear cable depi counters {all | session-id id | slot slot}
Syntax Description
all
|
Clears counters of all DEPI sessions.
|
session-id
|
Clears counters of a particular session.
|
id
|
Specifies the DEPI session.
|
slot
|
Clears the counters of a session on a particular slot.
|
slot
|
Specifies the slot. Valid slot range is from 3 to 12.
|
Command Default
This command has no default behavior or values.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC (#)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Usage Guidelines
This command clears all the counters on an existing DEPI sessions on the Cisco RFGW-10.
Examples
The following example shows the clearance of the counters in all the DEPI sessions:
Router#clear cable depi counters all
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
show cable depi-sessions
|
Displays DEPI session information.
|
clear cable ermi statistics
To clear the ERMI protocol connection stastistics information, use the clear cable ermi statistics command in privileged EXEC mode.
clear cable ermi {errp | rtsp } statistics
Syntax Description
errp
|
Clears the Edge Resource and Registration protocol (ERRP) connection sessions.
|
rtsp
|
Clears Real-time Streaming Protocol (RTSP) connections session.
|
Command Default
This command is enabled by default.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC (#)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ
|
This command was introduced.
|
Usage Guidelines
This command clears the ERMI protocol connection information of ERRP and RTSP configured on the QAM partition.
Examples
This example shows how to clear the ERRP statistics:
Router# clear ermi errp statistics
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
errp
|
Configures Edge Resource and Registration protocol (ERRP) on the QAM partition.
|
rtsp
|
Configures Real-time Streaming Protocol (RTSP) on the QAM partition.
|
clear cable midplane ping statistics
To clear the midplane ping statistics on the Cisco RFGW-10, use the clear cable midplane ping statistics command in privileged EXEC mode.
clear cable midplane ping statistics {all | slot lc_slot}
Syntax Description
all
|
Clears the midplane ping statistics of all line cards.
|
slot
|
Clears the midplane ping statistics of a line card slot.
|
lc_slot
|
Line card slot. The valid range is from 3 to 12.
|
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC (#)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(50)SQ4
|
This command was introduced.
|
Usage Guidelines
This command clears the midplane ping statistics on the Cisco RFGW-10.
Examples
The following shows how to clear the midplane ping information from all line cards:
Router# clear cable midplane ping statistics all
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable midplane ping
|
Configures the midplane pings between the line card and the Supervisor on the Cisco RFGW-10.
|
show cable midplane ping statistics
|
Displays the midplane ping statistics between the line cards and the Supervisor on the Cisco RFGW-10.
|
clear cable video gqi statistics
To clear all video GQI sessions, use the clear cable video gqi statistics command in privileged EXEC mode.
clear cable video gqi statistics{all | qam-partition partition-id}
Syntax Description
all
|
Clears all the QAM partitions statistics information configured for GQI on the line card.
|
qam-partition
|
Clears statistics information configured for GQI for a specific QAM partition.
|
partition-id
|
QAM partition ID. The valid range is from 1 to 50.
|
Command Default
This command has no default behavior or values.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC (#)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(50)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ
|
This command was integrated into Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ.
|
Usage Guidelines
This command clears all the GQI statistics information on the Cisco RFGW-10.
Examples
The following example shows the GQI statistics information on the QAM partition 3:
Router# show cable video gqi statistic qam 3
Qam Partition 3 Statistics:
Create Delete Create Delete Insert Cancel Switch Bind
Unbind Reset Encryption Event
Shell Shell Session Session Packet Packet Source
Session Session Indication Discovery Notification
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------
Success: 3 4 3 2 2 2 1 1
0 3 1 1
Error: 4 5 2 3 4 2 2 1
2 0 2 2
Total: 7 9 5 5 6 4 3 2
2 3 3 3
The following example shows how to clear GQI statistics on the QAM partition 3:
Router# clear cable video gqi statistics qam-partition 3
The following example shows the output for the GQI sessions on QAM interface 3 after executing the clear cable video gqi statistics command:
Router# show cable video gqi statistic qam 3
Qam Partition 3 Statistics:
Create Delete Create Delete Insert Cancel Switch Bind
Unbind Reset Encryption Event
Shell Shell Session Session Packet Packet Source
Session Session Indication Discovery Notification
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------
Success: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
Error: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
Total: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
show cable video packet
|
Displays video packet information.
|
clear cable video packet-insertion
To clear all video packet insertions, use the clear cable video packet-insertion command in privileged EXEC mode.
clear cable video packet-insertion {qam | qam-red slot/port.channel [stream stream-id] | all | slot
slot}
Syntax Description
qam
|
Specifies the QAM interface on the Cisco RFGW-10.
|
qam-red
|
Specifies the QAM interface when line card redundancy is configured on the Cisco RFGW-10.
|
slot
|
Specifies the slot on the QAM interface. Valid range is from 3 to 12.
|
port
|
Specifies the port on the interface. Valid range is from 1 to12.
|
channel
|
(Optional) Specifies the channel on the port. Valid range is from 1 to 4.
|
stream
|
(Optional) Specifies packet stream insertion information.
|
stream-id
|
(Optional) Specifies the packet stream identifier. Valid range is from 1 to 4294967295.
|
all
|
Clears all the video packet insertions on the chassis.
|
slot
|
Clears the video packet insertions for a given slot.
|
Command Default
This command has no default behavior or values.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC (#)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(50)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ
|
This command was integrated into Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ. The command name is changed from clear cable video packet to clear cable video packet-insertion.
|
Usage Guidelines
This command clears all the video packet insertions on the Cisco RFGW-10.
Examples
The following example shows the video packets on QAM interface 3:
Router# show cable video packets qam-red 3/1.1
Packet Times Actual Insert Num Pkts
Stream ID Interface Version Repeat Repeated Rate (bps) Inserted State
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Qam3/1.1 1 Continuos 14460 1000 1 ON
The following example shows how to clear the video packet insertions on QAM interface 3:
Router#clear cable video packet qam-red 3/1.1 stream 1
The following example shows the output for the video packets on QAM interface 3 after executing the clear cable video packet command:
Router# show cable video packet qam-red 3/1.1
Packet Times Actual Insert Num Pkts
Stream ID Interface Version Repeat Repeated Rate (bps) Inserted State
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
show cable video packet
|
Displays video packet information.
|
clear cable video server-group statistics
To clear all video server-group statistics, use the clear cable video server-group statistics command in privileged EXEC mode.
clear cable video server-group group-name statistics
Syntax Description
group-name
|
Name of the video server group.
|
Command Default
This command has no default behavior or values.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC (#)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(50)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Usage Guidelines
This command clears all the video server-group statistics on the Cisco RFGW-10.
Examples
The following example displays information on all server groups configured on the line card:
Router# show cable video server-group all
Keepalive Timeout Period : 5 seconds
Reset Timeout Period : 5 seconds
Management IP: 1.43.24.61 Port: 938 Mac-Addr: 001d.e5e8.66c0
QAM Interfaces : 3/1.1-3/6.4
Server State Indication Requests
---------------------------------------------------------------------
1.9.87.2 Connected In-progress 0
The following example shows how to clear the video server-group statistics:
Router# clear cable video server-group gqi1 statistics
The following example displays information of the server groups configured on the line card, after executing the clear cable video server-group statistics command:
Router# show cable video server-group all
Keepalive Timeout Period : 5 seconds
Reset Timeout Period : 5 seconds
Management IP: 1.43.24.61 Port: 938 Mac-Addr: 001d.e5e8.66c0
QAM Interfaces : 3/1.1-3/6.4
Server State Indication Requests
---------------------------------------------------------------------
1.9.87.2 Not Connected Not Completed 0
Create Delete Create Delete Insert Cancel Send
Shell Shell Session Session Packet Packet Message
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Management IP: 1.43.24.62 Port: 938 Mac-Addr: 001d.e5e8.66c1
QAM Interfaces : 3/7.1-3/12.4
Server State Indication Requests
---------------------------------------------------------------------
1.9.87.2 Not Connected Not Completed 0
Create Delete Create Delete Insert Cancel Send
Shell Shell Session Session Packet Packet Message
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
show cable video server-group
|
Displays information of the server groups configured on a line card.
|
clear cable video session
To clear all video session information, use the clear cable video session command in privileged EXEC mode.
clear cable video session {qam | qam-red slot/port.channel | all | id session ID | local | remote |
slot slot | statistics slot slot}
Syntax Description
qam
|
Specifies the QAM interface on the Cisco RFGW-10.
|
qam-red
|
Specifies the QAM interface when line card redundancy is configured on the Cisco RFGW-10.
|
slot
|
Specifies the slot on the QAM interface. Valid range is from 3 to 12.
|
port
|
Specifies the port on the interface. Valid range is from 1 to12.
|
channel
|
(Optional) Specifies the channel on the port. Valid range is from 1 to 4.
|
all
|
Clears all the video sessions on the chassis.
|
local
|
Clears all the local video sessions on the chassis.
|
remote
|
Clears all the remote video sessions on the chassis.
|
statistics
|
Clears all the video statistics information on the chassis.
|
slot
|
Clears the video statistics information for a given slot.
|
Command Default
This command has no default behavior or values.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC (#)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(50)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ
|
This command was integrated into Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ. The local, remote and statistics keyword are added.
|
Usage Guidelines
This command clears all the video session information on the Cisco RFGW-10.
Examples
The following example shows the video sessions on QAM interface 3:
Router# show cable video sessions qam 3/1.1
Session QAM Stream Sess UDP Out Input Input Output PSI Ctrl
ID Port Type Type Port Pgm Bitrate State State Rdy State
---------- ------- ------ ---- ----- ----- -------- ------ ------ --- -----
1 3/1.1 Remap UDP 500 10 0 OFF ON NO -
2 3/1.1 Remap UDP 50000 20 0 OFF ON NO -
3 3/1.1 Remap UDP 7000 30 0 OFF ON NO -
The following example shows how to clear the video sessions on QAM interface 3:
Router# clear cable video sessions 3/1.1
The following example shows the output for the video sessions on QAM interface 3 after executing the clear cable video session command:
Router# show cable video sessions qam 3/1.1
Session QAM Stream Sess UDP Out Input Input Output PSI Ctrl
ID Port Type Type Port Pgm Bitrate State State Rdy State
---------- ------- ------ ---- ----- ----- -------- ------ ------ --- -----
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
show cable video session
|
Displays video session information.
|
cluster run
To enable clustering on the Cisco RFGW-10, use the cluster run command in global configuration mode. To disable clustering, use the no form of this command.
cluster run
no cluster run
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments and keywords.
Command Default
This command is disabled by default.
Command Modes
Global Configuration (Config)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(50)SQ4
|
This command was introduced
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.2.0SQ
|
This command was integrated into Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.2.0SQ.
|
Usage Guidelines
The cluster run command must be configured to:
•
Enable DEPI midplane pings between the line card and Supervisor on the Cisco RFGW-10
•
Handle DEPI Latency Measurement (DLM) ingress traffic on the Cisco RFGW-10
Associated Features
The cluster run command is enabled to handle DLM traffic and DEPI midplane pings. For more information, see:
•
M-CMTS DEPI
Examples
The following example shows how to enable cluster run on the Cisco RFGW-10:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# cluster run
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable midplane ping
|
Configures the midplane pings between the line card and the Supervisor on the Cisco RFGW-10.
|
debug cable clock
To enable the DOCSIS Timing Interface (DTI) debugging, use the debug cable clock command in privileged EXEC mode. To disable debugging, use the no form of this command.
debug cable clock slot
no debug cable clock slot
Syntax Description
slot
|
Specifies the TCC card slot. Valid slots are 13 and 14.
|
Command Default
Debugging of the cable clock is not enabled.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC (#)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Usage Guidelines
This command enables or disables debugging on the DOSCIS Timing Interface (DTI) for the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
Examples
The following example shows the sample output for debug cable clock command on TCC slot 13 on the Cisco RF Gateway 10:
Router# debug cable clock 13
00:05:53: rfgw_dti_process_polling_dti_state:268 -> Current active TCC slot = 13
00:05:53: rfgw_dti_get_tcc:52 -> a given slot 14 is not a TCC card type
00:05:53: rfgw_tcc_find_best_slot:191 -> TCC on slot 14 is not in service
00:05:53: rfgw_dti_process_polling_dti_state:278 -> Unable to find the state for
00:05:53: rfgw_dti_process_polling_dti_state:317 -> Current Slot 13, Best Clock
00:05:54: DTI_MGMT Trace rfgw_dti_mgmt_process:399
00:05:54: rfgw_dti_process_polling_dti_state -> Current Slot = 13
00:05:54: DTI_MGMT Trace rfgw_dti_is_tcc_connected:685
00:05:54: rfgw_dti_is_tcc_connected:695 -> TCC state for slot 13 = 0x7
00:05:54: STATE REPLY: 18
00:05:54: 0x0000: 00 02 00 0D 00 00 00 00 00 02 00 20 02 20 00 01
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
clear cable clock
|
Clears DTI client transition counters of a TCC DTI client and server statistics counts.
|
cable clock polling-interval
|
Enables the user to tune the polling interval used by the DTI processes on the Supervisor.
|
cable clock free-run
|
Allows the clock to be in free-run mode.
|
show cable clock
|
Displays information about TCC DTI client.
|
depi eqam-stats
To enable debugging information for Downstream External PHY Interface (DEPI) EQAM statistics on the Cisco RF Gateway 10 (RFGW-10), use the depi eqam-stats command in global configuration mode. To disable debugging information, use the no form of this command.
depi eqam-stats
no depi eqam-stats
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
The DEPI EQAM statistics configuration is enabled by default.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(50)SQ2
|
This command was introduced.
|
Usage Guidelines
Cisco RFGW-10 sends EQAM statistics to the Cisco CMTS router. No other EQAM supports the EQAM statistics feature.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure DEPI EQAM statistics on a Cisco RFGW-10:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# depi eqam-stats
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
show depi session
|
Displays information about DEPI sessions.
|
depi-class
To create a template of Downstream External PHY Interface (DEPI) control plane configuration settings, which different pseudowire classes can inherit, and to enter the DEPI class configuration mode, use the depi-class command in global configuration mode. To remove a specific DEPI class configuration, use the no form of this command.
depi-class depi-class-name
no depi-class depi-class-name
Syntax Description
depi-class-name
|
Name of the DEPI class. The depi-class-name argument must be specified to configure multiple sets of DEPI control parameters.
|
Command Default
No DEPI classes are defined.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(50)SQ
|
This command was introduced.
|
Usage Guidelines
The depi-class depi-class-name command allows you to configure a DEPI class template that consists of configuration settings used by different pseudowire classes. The depi-class command enters DEPI class configuration mode, where DEPI control plane parameters are configured.
You must use the same DEPI class in the pseudowire configuration at both ends of a Layer 2 control channel.
Examples
The following example shows how to enter DEPI class configuration mode to create a DEPI class configuration template for the class named SPA0:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# depi-class SPA0
Router(config-depi-ctrl SPA0)#
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
l2tp-class
|
Creates a template of Layer 2 Tunnel Protocol (L2TP) control plane configuration settings that can be inherited by different pseudowire classes and enters the L2TP class configuration mode.
|
depi-tunnel
|
Creates a template of Downstream External PHY Interface (DEPI) tunnel configuration settings, which different pseudowire classes can inherit, and enters the DEPI data session configuration mode.
|
show depi tunnel
|
Displays all active control connections.
|
show depi session
|
Displays established DEPI data sessions.
|
depi-tunnel
To create a template of Downstream External PHY Interface (DEPI) tunnel configuration settings, which different pseudowire classes can inherit, and to enter the DEPI data session configuration mode, use the depi-tunnel command in the global configuration mode or subinterface configuration mode. To remove a configured DEPI tunnel, use the no form of this command.
depi-tunnel depi-tunnel-name
no depi-tunnel depi-tunnel-name
Syntax Description
depi-tunnel-name
|
Name of the DEPI tunnel.
|
Command Default
This command has no default behavior or values.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config)
Subinterface configuration (config-subif)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(50)SQ
|
This command was introduced.
|
Usage Guidelines
The depi-tunnel creates a template of DEPI tunnel configuration settings. The DEPI data session inherits the control plane configuration settings of a depi-control template.
The following depi data session configuration options are available in this mode:
•
l2tp-class
•
depi-class
•
dest-ip
•
tos
Examples
The following example shows how to create a template of DEPI tunnel configuration settings in the global configuration mode and enter the DEPI data session configuration mode:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# depi-tunnel rf6
Router(config-depi-tunnel)#
The following example shows how to create a template of DEPI tunnel configuration settings in the subinterface configuration mode:
Router(config)# interface qam 6/4.1
Router(config-subif)# depi-tunnel 0
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
l2tp-class
|
Creates a template of Layer 2 Tunnel Protocol (L2TP) control plane configuration settings, which different pseudowire classes can inherit, and enters the L2TP class configuration mode.
|
depi-class
|
Creates a template of Downstream External PHY Interface (DEPI) control plane configuration settings, which different pseudowire classes can inherit, and enters the DEPI class configuration mode.
|
dest-ip
|
Assigns an IP address to the destination network.
|
show depi tunnel
|
Displays all active control connections.
|
show depi session
|
Displays established DEPI data sessions.
|
description
To add a description to the line card group, use the description command in line card redundancy configuration mode. To remove the description, use the no form of this command.
description string
no description string
Syntax Description
string
|
Specifies a description for the line card group. The maximum length of the string is 127 characters.
|
Command Default
Default is LC-GROUP followed by the line card group ID.
Command Modes
Line card redundancy configuration (config-red-lc)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Usage Guidelines
The description string has a maximum limit of 127 characters.
Examples
The following example assigns a description to the redundancy line card group 2 on the Cisco RF Gateway 10:
Router(config-red)#linecard-group 2 internal-switch
Router(config-red-lc)#description line card group 2 created.
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
class
|
Configures redundancy class on the line card.
|
member slot
|
Adds a slot to the redundancy group.
|
linecard-group internal-switch
|
Configures a redundancy line card group.
|
redundancy
|
Configures the redundancy mode.
|
show redundancy linecard
|
Displays information about a redundancy line card or a line card group.
|
dest-ip
To assign an IP address to the edge quadrature amplitude modulation (EQAM), use the dest-ip command in DEPI tunnel configuration mode. To remove a specific destination IP address, use the no form of this command.
dest-ip dest-ip-address
no dest-ip dest-ip-address
Syntax Description
dest-ip-address
|
IP address of the EQAM.
|
Command Default
This command has no default behavior or values.
Command Modes
DEPI tunnel configuration
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(50)SQ
|
This command was introduced.
|
Usage Guidelines
The dest-ip dest-ip-address command allows you to configure the IP address of the EQAM.
Examples
The following example shows how to assign 1.3.4.155 as the destination IP address:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# depi-tunnel rf6
Router(config-depi-tunnel)# dest-ip 1.3.4.155
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
l2tp-class
|
Creates a template of Layer 2 Tunnel Protocol (L2TP) control plane configuration settings, which different pseudowire classes can inherit, and enters the L2TP class configuration mode.
|
depi-class
|
Creates a template of Downstream External PHY Interface (DEPI) control plane configuration settings, which different pseudowire classes can inherit, and enters the DEPI class configuration mode.
|
depi-tunnel
|
Specifies the name of the depi-tunnel and enters the DEPI tunnel configuration mode.
|
show depi tunnel
|
Displays all active control connections.
|
show depi session
|
Displays established DEPI data sessions.
|
errp
To configure Edge Resource and Registration protocol (ERRP), use the errp command in the QAM partition configuration mode. To disable ERRP registration, use the no form of this command.
errp {component-name comp-name | connect-retry retry-interval | connect-time
connect-seconds | hold-time hold-seconds | streaming-zone zone-name}
no errp {component-name com-name | connect-retry retry-interval | connect-time
connect-seconds | hold-time hold-seconds | streaming-zone zone-name}
Syntax Description
component-name
|
Specifies the ERMI component name for QAM partition.
|
conp-name
|
Component name.
|
connect-retry
|
Specifies connection retry time.
|
retry-interval
|
Connection retry interval in seconds, The valid range is from 1 to 10.
|
connect-time
|
Specifies the connection time.
|
connect-seconds
|
Connection time in seconds. The valid range is from 10 to 100
|
hold-time
|
Specifies the hold time.
|
hold-seconds
|
Wait time in seconds. The valid range is from 3 to 240 seocnds.
|
streaming-zone
|
Specifies the ERMI streaming zone for QAM partition.
|
zone-name
|
Streaming zone name.
|
Command Default
This command is disabled by default.
Command Modes
QAM partition configuration mode (config-qp)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ
|
This command was introduced.
|
Usage Guidelines
ERMI is a protocol for managing EQAM resources both for DOCSIS and video services. It provides video edge device discovery, resource provisioning and signaling protocols for setup and control of video on demand (VOD) and switched digital video (SDV) type video sessions.
Note
ERMI protocol has to be configured in the QAM partition.
ERMI-1 is a discovery and registration protocol which allows edge resource manager (ERM) to discover and ascertain capacity, operation state, and signaling mechanism for Cisco RFGW-10. On the Cisco RFGW-10, ERMI-1 acts as a client to provide protocol messages.
ERMI-2 is a control protocol which uses the Supervisor card to perform video session setup and session management requested by the ERM server. On the Cisco RFGW-10, ERMI-2 acts as a server to handle the message types.
Examples
This example shows how to configure errp on the QAM partition:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# cable qam-partition 1
Router(config-qp)# protocol ermi
Router(config-qp)# errp component-name c1
Router(config-qp)# connect-retry 5
Router(config-qp)# connect-time 10
Router(config-qp)# hold-time 200
Router(config-qp)# streaming-zone zone1
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable qam-partition
|
Creates a QAM partition for video server on the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card.
|
clear cable ermi statistics
|
Clears ERMI protocol connection stastistics information.
|
protocol
|
Assigns the protocol used by the external server.
|
rtsp
|
Configures Real-time Streaming Protocol (RTSP) on the QAM partition.
|
hw-module module power
To manually power on a cable interface line card, use the hw-module module power command in global configuration mode. To power off the cable line card, use the no form of this command.
hw-module module slot power
no hw-module module slot power
Syntax Description
slot
|
Specifies the slot of the line card. Valid slot numbers range from 3 to 12.
|
Command Default
The cable line cards are always powered on when inserted into the chassis slot.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Usage Guidelines
This command is applicable to one line card at a time. This command is not applicable for TCC cards.
This command is not used during normal operations, but it can be used for lab, diagnostic, and troubleshooting purposes. For example, use this command to power off and then power on a card, which is equivalent to inserting or removing a line card online.
Examples
The following example shows the line card 3 powered on:
Router(config)#hw-module module 3 power
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
show interface qam
|
Displays the configuration and hardware present on the line card.
|
interface qam
To configure a QAM interface, use the interface qam command in global configuration mode.
interface {qam | qam-red} slot/port.[channel]
Syntax Description
slot
|
Specifies the QAM or QAM-red slot on the line card. If line card redundancy is configured on the QAM, the interface is QAM-red. Valid range is from 3 to 12.
|
port
|
Specifies the port on the slot. Valid range is from 1 to 12.
|
channel
|
(Optional) Specifies the channel on the port. Valid range is from 1 to 4. Enters the QAM sub interface configuration mode when executed.
|
Command Default
This command has no default behavior or values.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Usage Guidelines
Redundancy-configured interfaces (QAM-red) imply that line card redundancy (LCRED) is configured on the chassis.
All downstream commands are configured in the interface and subinterface configuration modes.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure a QAM interface:
Router#configure terminal
Router(config)#interface qam 3/1
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
show running-config interface qam
|
Displays downstream configuration on the QAM interface.
|
ip
To configure a destination IP address for video sessions on a QAM domain, use the ip command in QAM domain configuration mode. To remove the assigned IP address, use the no form of this command.
ip IP address [local | remote]
no ip IP address [local | remote]
Syntax Description
IP address
|
Specifies the destination IP address for the video sessions.
|
local
|
(Optional) Specifies the video services that are configured locally.
|
remote
|
(Optional) Specifies remotely configured video sessions.
|
Command Default
If local or remote destinations are not specified, then the IP address is used for both local and remote sessions.
Command Modes
QAM domain configuration (QAM-domain)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Usage Guidelines
A QAM domain has a local IP address and a remote IP address. The IP address is assigned to destination local or remote video sessions on the QAM domain. You can configure two sets of IP addresses for each session. You can also use the same IP address for both local and remote sessions.
Note
If you remove an IP address, all its associated video services are also removed.
Examples
The following example shows the IP address assigned to a video session on the QAM domain in slot 3:
Router#configure terminal
Router(config)#cable qam-domain 3
Router(qam-domain)#ip 10.10.10.1 local
Router(qam-domain)#ip 10.10.10.1 remote
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable qam-domain
|
Configures the QAM domain.
|
video route
|
Specifies the route for a video session.
|
ip multicast-routing
To enable video multicast routing, use the ip multicast-routing command in global configuration mode. To disable video multicast routing, use the no form of this command.
ip multicast-routing
no ip multicast-routing
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
This command has no default behavior or values.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Usage Guidelines
This command enables multicast forwarding on the chassis. To enable video multicast routing, set the interfaces in multicast mode and assign the specific bandwidth.
Examples
The following example enables video multicast routing on the Cisco RFGW-10:
Router#configure terminal
Router(config)#ip multicast-routing
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable video multicast
|
Enables an uplink port for multicast traffic.
|
ip rpc portmapper
To establish a remote procedure call (RPC) connection between an external server and an EQAM, use the ip rpc portmapper command in global configuration mode.
ip rpc portmapper
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Global configuration (config)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(50)SQ
|
This command was introduced on Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Usage Guidelines
The ip rpc portmapper command establishes an RPC connection to enable the DNCS (client) to invoke a program to be executed on the Cisco RFGW-10 EQAM (server).
Examples
The following example shows how to establish an RPC connection:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# ip rpc portmapper
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
active
|
Activates the server.
|
cable video servers
|
Configures the video server group for external servers.
|
keepalive retry
|
Configures the keepalive retry value on the server.
|
mgmt-ip-address mac-address
|
Configures the management IP and MAC address of the server.
|
protocol
|
Configures the protocols supported by the server.
|
reset interval
|
Configures the reset interval on the server.
|
server
|
Configures the IP address of the server.
|
keepalive retry
To send keepalive message to a remote client with a specified retry interval, use the keepalive retry command in QAM partition configuration mode. To remove the setting, use the no form of this command.
keepalive retry seconds
no keepalive retry seconds
Syntax Description
seconds
|
Retry interval value. A maximum of three retry attempts are allowed. The valid retry range is from 0 to 10. The default keepalive is 5 seconds.
|
Command Default
This command is not enabled by default.
Command Modes
QAM partition configuration (config-qp)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(50)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ
|
This command is integrated into Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ.
|
Usage Guidelines
Use the keepalive retry command in QAM partition configuration to set the keepalive retry time interval.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure a keepalive retry interval value of 4 seconds in a QAM partition configuration:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# cable qam-partition 1
Router(config-qp)# keepalive retry 4
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
active
|
Activates the server.
|
cable qam-partition
|
Configures the QAM partition for a video server.
|
ip rpc portmapper
|
Establishes an RPC connection between the external server and EQAM.
|
mgmt-ip-address mac-address
|
Configures the management IP and MAC address of the server.
|
protocol
|
Configures the protocols supported by the server.
|
reset interval
|
Configures the reset interval on the server.
|
server
|
Configures the IP address of the server.
|
l2tp-class
To create a template of Layer 2 Tunnel Protocol (L2TP) control plane configuration settings, which different pseudowire classes can inherit and to enter L2TP class configuration mode, use the l2tp-class command in global configuration mode. To remove a specific L2TP class configuration, use the no form of this command.
l2tp-class l2tp-class-name
no l2tp-class l2tp-class-name
Syntax Description
l2tp-class-name
|
Name of the L2TP class. The l2tp-class-name argument must be specified if you want to configure multiple sets of L2TP control parameters.
|
Command Default
No L2TP classes are defined.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(50)SQ
|
This command was introduced.
|
Usage Guidelines
The l2tp-class l2tp-class-name command allows you to configure an L2TP class template that consists of configuration settings used by different pseudowire classes. An L2TP class includes the following configuration settings:
•
Hostname of local router used during Layer 2 authentication
•
Authentication enabled
•
Time interval used for exchange of hello packets
•
Password used for control channel authentication
•
Packet size of receive window
•
Retransmission settings for control packets
•
Time allowed to set up a control channel
The l2tp-class command enters L2TP class configuration mode, where L2TP control plane parameters are configured.
You must use the same L2TP class in the pseudowire configuration at both ends of a Layer 2 control channel.
Examples
The following example shows how to enter L2TP class configuration mode to create an L2TP class configuration template for the class named ether-pw:
Router(config)
# l2tp-class ether-pw
Router(config-l2tp-class)#
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
depi-class
|
Creates a template of Downstream External PHY Interface (DEPI) control plane configuration settings, which different pseudowire classes can inherit, and enters the DEPI class configuration mode.
|
depi-tunnel
|
Specifies the name of the depi-tunnel and enters the DEPI tunnel configuration mode.
|
lane
To configure the lane frequency in the frequency profile, use the lane command in frequency profile configuration mode.
lane lane_id start-freq frequency
Syntax Description
lane_id
|
Lane ID in the frequency profile. Valid range is from 1 to 4.
|
start-freq
|
Specifies the starting frequency of the lane.
|
frequency
|
Downstream start frequency of a lane. Valid range is from 48000000 to 999000000 Hz.
|
Command Default
The command is disabled by default.
Command Modes
Frequency profile configuration mode (config-freq-prof)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.2.0SQ
|
This command was introduced.
|
Usage Guidelines
The Supervisor card uses two frequency schemes—static frequency scheme and the user-defined frequency scheme—to configure the frequency profile at port level. Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.2.0SQ supports global templates or profiles on the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card. A wider range of frequency spectrum is supported on the UPX on the line card.
Note
The downstream frequency layout schemes are applicable only on the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card.
In the user-defined frequency layout scheme allows you to define the frequency on a global chassis level, and apply the cable downstream frequency scheme spectrum for any port on any Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card.
A frequency profile has four frequency lanes in the 1GHz spectrum. Each lane has a frequency of 216 MHz. Each lane has 4 blocks of 54 MHz, and each block has 8 carriers. The start frequency assigned to a carrier must be in the frequency range of 216 MHz.
Note
The channel frequencies cannot overlap with each other. Each lane cannot exceed 32 carriers.
Note
This command is applicable on the Cisco RFGW10-DS-384 line card.
Examples
The following example creates the lane in frequency profile, and enters the frequency profile lane configuration mode:
Router(config)# cable downstream freq-profile freq-profile-1
Router(config-freq-prof)# lane 1 start-freq 48000000
Router(config-freq-prof-lane)# exit
Router(config-freq-prof)#
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable downstream freq-profile
|
Creates the frequency profile for a Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card.
|
block
|
Creates the block frequency in the lane for the frequency profile.
|
linecard-group internal switch
To add a group ID for a line card group and configure line card redundancy, use the linecard-group internal switch command in redundancy configuration mode. To remove the line card group, use the no form of this command.
linecard-group group-id internal switch
no linecard-group group-id internal switch
Syntax Description
group-id
|
Specifies the group ID number. Valid range is from 0 to 5.
|
Command Default
This command has no default behavior or values.
Command Modes
Redundancy configuration (config-red)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Usage Guidelines
Before you remove the group, ensure that the configured slot members on the line card are removed.
Examples
The following example creates a redundancy line card group 2 on the Cisco RFGW-10:
Router(config-red)#linecard-group 2 internal-switch
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
class
|
Configures redundancy class on the line card.
|
description
|
Adds a description to the line card group.
|
member slot
|
Adds a slot to the line card redundancy group.
|
redundancy
|
Enters redundancy configuration mode.
|
show redundancy linecard
|
Displays information about a redundant line card or a line card group.
|
main-cpu
To configure the synchronization of the active and standby Supervisor cards, use the main-cpu command in redundancy configuration mode,.
main-cpu
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Command Default
This command has no default behavior or values.
Command Modes
Redundancy configuration (config-red)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was integrated into Cisco IOS Release 12.2(44)SQ. Support for the Cisco RF Gateway 10 was added.
|
Usage Guidelines
When you enter the main-CPU redundancy configuration mode, the command prompt changes to:
After you enter the main-CPU redundancy configuration mode, use the auto-sync command to specify which files are synchronized between the active and standby Supervisor cards.
To exit main-CPU redundancy configuration mode and return to the redundancy configuration mode, use the exit command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enter main-CPU redundancy mode, and its associated commands:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# redundancy
Router(config-red)# main-cpu
Main CPU redundancy configuration commands:
default Set a command to its defaults
exit Exit from main-cpu configuration mode
no Negate a command or set its defaults
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
auto-sync
|
Configures which files are synchronized between the active and standby Supervisor cards.
|
redundancy
|
Enters redundancy configuration mode.
|
mac-address
To configure the MAC address for the QAM partition, use the mac-address command in QAM partition configuration mode. To disable the MAC address, use the no form of this command.
mac-address mac_address
no mac-address mac_address
Syntax Description
mac-address
|
MAC address of the external server.
|
Command Default
None.
Command Modes
QAM partition configuration (config-qp)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ
|
This command was integrated into the Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ.
|
Usage Guidelines
The GQI protocol uses the Cisco RFGW-10 MAC address in a GQI specific QAM partition configurtion.
Examples
This example configures the MAC address on the QAM parttion:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# cable qam-partition 1
Router(config-qp)# mac-address 192.168.20.20
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable qam-partition
|
Configures the QAM partition for a video server.
|
protocol
|
Configures the protocols supported by the server.
|
member slot
To configure the redundancy role of a line card, use the member slot command in line card redundancy configuration mode. To remove the role, use the no form of this command.
member slot slot {primary | secondary}
no member slot slot {primary | secondary}
Syntax Description
slot
|
Specifies the slot number of the line card. Valid range is from 3 to 12.
|
primary
|
Specifies the redundancy role of the active line card.
|
secondary
|
Specifies the redundancy role of the standby line card.
|
Command Default
This command has no default behavior or values.
Command Modes
Line card redundancy configuration (config-red-lc)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Usage Guidelines
Ensure that the following criteria are met prior to configuring the member slots:
•
The slot is not configured as a member of another line card group.
•
The number of primary members must be less than or equal to the maximum number allowed in a line card group for a line card.
•
A primary or secondary member is not configured in a line card group.
Examples
The following example assigns member slots 7 and 12 as the primary and secondary line cards in the redundancy line card group 2 in the Cisco RFGW-10:
Router(config-red)#linecard-group 2 internal-switch
Router(config-red-lc)#class 1:1
Router(config-red-lc)#member slot 7 primary
Router(config-red-lc)#member slot 12 secondary
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
class
|
Configures redundancy class on the line card.
|
description
|
Adds a description to the line card group.
|
linecard-group internal switch
|
Creates a line card redundancy group on the line card.
|
redundancy
|
Enters redundancy configuration mode.
|
show redundancy linecard
|
Displays information about a line card or a line card group.
|
mgmt-ip
To configure the IP address of the QAM partition, use the mgmt-ip command in QAM partition configuration mode. To disable the IP adddress on the QAM partition, use the no form of this command.
mgmt-ip IP_address
no mgmt-ip IP_address
Syntax Description
IP_address
|
Specifies the IP address of the QAM partition.
|
Command Default
This command is disabled by default.
Command Modes
QAM partition configuration (config-qp)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ
|
This command was introduced.
|
Usage Guidelines
The mgmt-ip command sets the IP address of QAM partition. The management IP address of the QAM partition must be unique.
Examples
This example configures the management IP address of the QAM partition:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# cable qam-partition 1
Router(config-qp)# protocol gqi
Router(config-qp)# mgmt-ip 1.1.1.1
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable qam-partition
|
Configures the QAM partition for a video server.
|
protocol
|
Assigns the protocol used by the external server.
|
mgmt-ip-address mac-address
To configure the management port IP address and MAC address, use the mgmt-ip-address mac address command in cable video server configuration mode. To remove the configuration, use the no form of this command.
mgmt-ip-address IP address mac-address MAC address
no mgmt-ip-address IP address mac-address MAC address
Syntax Description
IP address
|
Specifies the IP address of the management port on the external server.
|
MAC address
|
Specifies the MAC address of the external server.
|
Command Default
This command has no default behavior or values.
Command Modes
Cable video server configuration (config-video-servers)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Usage Guidelines
Ensure that you configure the protocol used by the external server prior to configuring the IP address and MAC address.
Examples
The following example shows the configuration of the management port:
Router#configure terminal
Router(config)#cable video servers group2
Router(config-video-servers)#protocol gqi
Router(config-video-servers)#mgmt-ip-address 172.16.22.1 mac-address 1234.abcd.4e4e
Router(config-video-servers)#exit
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable video servers
|
Configures the video server group for external servers.
|
protocol
|
Configures the protocol used by the external server.
|
server
|
Configures the IP address of the external server.
|
mode
To configure the redundancy mode of operation, use the mode command in redundancy configuration mode.
mode {rpr | sso}
Syntax Description
rpr
|
Sets Route Processor Redundancy (RPR) mode on the Supervisor card.
|
sso
|
Sets Stateful Switchover (SSO) redundancy mode on the Supervisor card.
|
Command Default
The default mode is SSO.
Command Modes
Redundancy configuration (config-red)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was integrated into Cisco IOS Release 12.2(44)SQ. Support for the Cisco RF Gateway 10 was added.
|
12.2(50)SQ
|
Support for SSO was added.
|
Usage Guidelines
The IOS software image on both the active and standby Supervisor cards must be the same.
Examples
The following example shows how to enter RPR mode on the Cisco RFGW-10:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# redundancy
Router(config-red)# mode rpr
Router(config-red)# main-cpu
Router(config-red-mc)# auto-sync standard
Router(config-red-mc)# exit
The following example shows how to enter SSO redundancy mode:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# redundancy
Router(config-red)# mode sso
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
redundancy
|
Enters redundancy configuration mode.
|
redundancy force-failover main-cpu
|
Forces a manual switchover between the active and standby Supervisor cards.
|
redundancy force-switchover
|
Forces the standby Supervisor card to assume the role of the active Supervisor card.
|
pilot-qam
To configure the pilot (source) QAM, use the pilot-qam command in QAM replication group configuration mode. To remove the pilot QAM, use the no form of this command.
pilot-qam {Qam | Qam-red} {qam-interface-number}
no pilot-qam {Qam | Qam-red} {qam-interface-number}
Syntax Description
Qam
|
QAM interface
|
Qam-red
|
QAM red interface
|
qam-interface-number
|
Pilot QAM location
|
Command Default
This command is enabled by default.
Command Modes
QAM replication group configuration (config-qrg)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ
|
This command was introduced.
|
Usage Guidelines
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ introduces the QAM replication group feature to replicate any single QAM output from one port to another port on the same Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card.
A QAM replication group contains information about a single source QAM and its corresponding replicated copy or copies. Each group is numbered with a group-id and contains the slot, port and channel number for both the source QAM (pilot-qam) and the destination QAM (replicate-qam).
Note
QAM replication is supported only within a given line card and not from one line card to another.
Examples
This example shows how to create a pilot QAM:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# cable qam-replication-group 1
Router(config-qrg)# pilot-qam qam-red 3/1.1
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable qam-replication-group
|
Configures the QAM replication group.
|
replicate-qam
|
Configures the replicate QAM in the QAM replication group.
|
protect-tunnel
To configure a Downstream External PHY Interface (DEPI) tunnel on the Cisco RF Gateway 10 (RFGW-10), use the protect-tunnel command in global configuration mode. To disable this configuration, use the no form of this command.
protect-tunnel protect-depi-tunnel-name
no protect-tunnel protect-depi-tunnel-name
Syntax Description
protect-depi-tunnel-name
|
Protect DEPI tunnel with which the depi-tunnel is associated.
|
Command Default
The N+1 DEPI redundancy feature is disabled.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(50)SQ2
|
This command was introduced.
|
Usage Guidelines
The protect tunnel must be explicitly configured. The protect tunnel inherits L2TP class and DEPI class parameters from the working tunnel. When you configure the protect tunnel and specify the destination IP address for the protect tunnel, the protect tunnel inherits the QAM channel parameters specified for the working tunnel.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure a DEPI tunnel for the protect cable interface line card on the Cisco RFGW-10.
Destination IP address of the M-CMTS router must be specified as the endpoint for the protect tunnel:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# depi-tunnel protect1
Router(config-depi-tunnel)# dest-ip 192.0.2.103
Router(config-depi-tunnel)# exit
The protect tunnel is then configured on an existing working DEPI tunnel:
Router(config)# depi-tunnel working1
Router(config-depi-tunnel)# protect-tunnel protect1
Router(config-depi-tunnel)# end
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
depi-tunnel
|
Specifies a template for DEPI tunnel configuration settings.
|
protocol
To set the protocol used by the server, use the protocol command in cable qam-partition configuration mode QAM partition configuration mode. To remove the protocol configuration, use the no form of this command.
protocol {ermi | gqi}
no protocol {ermi | gqi }
Syntax Description
ermi
|
Supports Edge Resource Management Interface (ERMI) protocol for video sessions.
|
gqi
|
Supports Generic QAM Interface (GQI) protocol sent to the Data Network Control Station (DNCS) server.
|
Command Default
This command has no default behavior or values.
Command Modes
QAM partition configuration (config-qp)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ
|
This command was integrated into Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ.
|
Usage Guidelines
Use the protocol command in QAM partition configuration to set the interface used between DNCS/USRM and RFGW-10.
QAM partitioning is used by protocol applications such as GQI and ERMI to extend the QAM partition configuration for a given protocol.
The GQI protocol supports the latest GQI protocol. The QAM partition must be configured before any protocol configuration.
Examples
The following example shows the configuration of a QAM in emulation mode:
Router(config-video-servers)# protocol gqi emulation 24-qam
Router(config-video-servers)# mgmt-ip-address 10.10.1.1 mac-address 1223/.e03f.fffe
Router(config-video-servers)# exit
The following example shows the GQI protocol configuration on the cable qam partition:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# cable qam-partition 1
Router(config-video-servers)# protocol gqi
Router(config-video-servers)# server 10.10.10.1
Router(config-video-servers)# exit
The following example sets the QAM partition with the ERMI protocol:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# cable qam-partition 1
Router(config-qp)# protocol ermi
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
mgmt-ip-address mac-address
|
Configures the management port IP address and MAC address.
|
server
|
Configures the IP address of the external server.
|
cable qam-partition
|
Configures the QAM partition for a video server.
|
qam-group
To configure a QAM group, use the qam-group command in the cable service group configuration mode. To remove the QAM group, use the no form of this command.
qam-group qam-group-name
no qam-group qam-group-name
Syntax Description
qam-group-name
|
QAM group name.
|
Command Default
This command is enabled by default.
Command Modes
Cable service group configuration (config-qsg)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ
|
This command was introduced.
|
Usage Guidelines
A QAM group can contain one or more QAM channels.
Examples
This example shows how to create a QAM group:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# cable service-group 1
Router(config-qsg)# qam-group group1
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable service-group
|
Configures the QAM service group.
|
show cable service-group
|
Displays the service groups configured on the Cisco RFGW-10.
|
qam-partition
To assign a QAM partition to the load balancing group, use the qam-partition command in load balancing group configuration mode. To disable the QAM partition, use the no form of this command.
qam-partition {partition-id | default dest-IP-address}bitrate bit-value udp low-udp high-udp
{bitrate bit-value}
no qam-partition {partition-id | default dest-IP-address}bitrate bit-value udp low-udp high-udp
{bitrate bit-value}
Generic QAM Interface (GQI)
qam-partition {partition-id} [ip IP-address udp low-udp high-udp] [gqi-ingress-port input-port
bitrate bit-value]
no qam-partition {partition-id} [ip dest-IP-address udp low-udp high-udp] [gqi-ingress-port
input-port bitrate bit-value]
Syntax Description
partition-id
|
QAM partition ID. The valid range is from 1 to 50.
|
default
|
Configures the default QAM partition to the load balancing group.
|
dest-IP-address
|
IP address of the default QAM partition.
|
bitrate
|
Sets the reserved bandwidth to the partition.
|
bit-value
|
Specifies the bit value in Kbps. The valid range is from 1 to 9100000.
|
udp
|
Sets the UDP port range.
|
low-udp
|
Low UDP port value. The valid range is from 1 to 65535.
|
high-udp
|
High UDP port value. The valid range is from 1 to 65535.
|
ip
|
Specifies the destination IP address.
|
gqi-ingress-port
|
Specifies the input port for the GQI interface.
|
input-port
|
Input port of GQI. The valid range is from 1 to 100.
|
Command Default
This command is enabled by default.
Command Modes
Load balancing group configuration (config-lbg)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ
|
This command was introduced.
|
Usage Guidelines
Use the qam-partition command to assign a QAM partition to the load balancing group.
Note
The IP address and UDP range in the cable route must be unique, and must be a valid IP address configured on the QAM interface.
Note
The gqi-ingress-port command is only used in GQI QAM partitions. This identifies the physical input port for sessions in GQI model.
Examples
This example shows how to configure the QAM partition on the load balancing group:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# cable route linecard 3 load-balance-group 1
Router(config-lbg)# qam-partition default 30.0.3.10 udp 1 49260 bitrate 3300
This example shows how to configure the GQI QAM partition on the load balancing group:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# cable route linecard 3 load-balance-group 1
Router(config-lbg)# qam-partition 3 ip 10.1.1.1 gqi 10 bitrate 21
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable qam-partition
|
Creates a QAM partition for video server on the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card.
|
cable route linecard load-balancing-group
|
Configures a video route on the cable load balancing group's line card.
|
show cable linecard load-balancing-group
|
Displays the load balancing groups configured on the QAM partitions.
|
redundancy
To configure redundancy configuration mode, use the redundancy command in global configuration mode.
redundancy
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
This command has no default behavior or values.
Command Modes
Global configuration (config)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was integrated into Cisco IOS Release 12.2(44)SQ. Support for the Cisco RF Gateway 10 was added.
|
Usage Guidelines
At the redundancy configuration mode, you can do the following:
•
Set a command to its default mode using the default command.
•
Exit from a redundancy configuration using the exit command.
•
Enter the line card group redundancy configuration using the linecard-group command.
•
Enter main-CPU redundancy configuration mode using the main-cpu command, which allows you to specify which files are synchronized between the active and standby Supervisor cards.
•
Configure the redundancy mode for the chassis using the mode command.
•
Enforce a redundancy policy using the policy command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enter redundancy configuration mode and its associated commands on the Cisco RFGW-10 chassis:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# redundancy
Redundancy configuration commands:
default Set a command to its defaults
exit Exit from redundancy configuration mode
linecard-group Enter linecard redundancy submode
main-cpu Enter main-cpu mode
mode redundancy mode for this chassis
no Negate a command or set its defaults
policy redundancy policy enforcement
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
auto-sync
|
Enables automatic synchronization of the configuration files in NVRAM.
|
main-cpu
|
Enters main-CPU redundancy configuration mode to synchronize the active and standby Supervisor cards.
|
mode (redundancy)
|
Configures the redundancy mode of operation.
|
redundancy force-switchover
|
Switches control of a router from the active RP to the standby RP.
|
show redundancy
|
Displays information about the current redundant configuration, recent changes in states, current or historical status, and planned or logged handovers.
|
redundancy force-failover main-cpu
To force a switchover so that a standby Supervisor card becomes an active Supervisor card, use the redundancy force-failover main-cpu command in privileged EXEC mode.
redundancy force-failover main-cpu
Syntax Description
This command has no keywords or arguments.
Command Default
This command has no default behavior or values.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC (#)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was integrated into Cisco IOS Release 12.2(44)SQ. Support for the Cisco RF Gateway 10 was added.
|
Usage Guidelines
The redundancy force-failover main-cpu command initiates a manual switchover so that the standby Supervisor card becomes the active Supervisor card and assumes full responsibilities for router operations. When using this command, ensure that both Supervisor cards have the Cisco IOS software image that supports the Route Processor Redundancy (RPR) feature.
Note
Though the terms "failover" and "switchover" are interchangeable, "switchover" is the term used across all Cisco platforms.
A manual switchover is performed for the following reasons:
•
To upgrade or replace the active Supervisor card.
•
To upgrade the Cisco IOS software on the standby Supervisor card and let the standby Supervisor card use the new software image. This also allows you to upgrade the software on the former active Supervisor card without interrupting system operations.
•
To test the switchover operation on the system.
A switchover can also be manually initiated by removing the active Supervisor card from the chassis, by using the redundancy force-failover main-cpu command to provide a more graceful switchover, without generating hardware alarms.
Tip
Do not perform a switchover immediately after you change the configuration and save it to the NVRAM. Instead, wait a few minutes to allow the two Supervisor cards to synchronize with the new configuration, and then perform the switchover.
Examples
The following example shows a manually initiated switchover on a Supervisor card on a Cisco RFGW-10 chassis:
Router# redundancy force-failover main-cpu
Proceed with switchover to standby Supervisor? [confirm] y
Note
Press Enter or enter y to begin the switchover. Pressing any other key aborts the switchover and returns control to the current active Supervisor card.
The following example shows a switchover attempt that has failed, because the standby Supervisor card is either not ready, not available, or not installed on a Cisco RFGW-10 chassis:
Switch# redundancy force-failover main-cpu
Proceed with switchover to standby Supervisor? [confirm]
Standby Supervisor not ready, switchover aborted.
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
redundancy
|
Enters the redundancy configuration mode so that the synchronization parameters can be configured.
|
redundancy reload
|
Resets the standby Supervisor card to reset both the active and standby Supervisor cards.
|
redundancy force-switchover
To force the standby Route Processor (RP) or standby Supervisor card to assume the role of an active RP or Supervisor card, use the redundancy force-switchover command in privileged EXEC mode.
redundancy force-switchover
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
This command has no default behavior or values.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC (#)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was integrated into Cisco IOS Release 12.2(44)SQ. Support for the Cisco RF Gateway 10 was added.
|
Usage Guidelines
Use the redundancy force-switchover command to switch control of a router from the active Supervisor card to the standby Supervisor card. Install the Cisco IOS image on both the active and standby Supervisor cards to ensure high availability. Configure the Route Processor Redundancy (RPR) mode on both the Supervisor cards before the redundancy force-switchover command is used. This command verifies if the standby Supervisor card is ready for system switchover.
When you use the redundancy force-switchover command and the current running configuration is different from the startup configuration, the system prompts you to save the running configuration before the switchover is performed.
Note
All line cards will reset in RPR mode on a switchover.
Examples
The following example shows how to perform a manual switchover from the active to the standby RP when the running configuration is different from the startup configuration:
Router# redundancy force-switchover
System configuration has been modified. Save? [yes/no]:y
Building configuration...
Proceed with switchover to standby NSE? [confirm]y
00:07:35:%SYS-5-SWITCHOVER:Switchover requested
The following example shows how to perform a manual switchover from the active to the standby RP when the running configuration is the same as the startup configuration:
Router# redundancy force-switchover
Proceed with switchover to standby NSE? [confirm]
00:07:35:%SYS-5-SWITCHOVER:Switchover requested
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
redundancy
|
Enters the redundancy configuration mode.
|
show redundancy
|
Displays the current active and standby Supervisor card redundancy status.
|
redundancy linecard-group switchover from slot
To initiate a line card switchover, use the redundancy linecard-group switchover from slot command in privileged EXEC mode.
redundancy linecard-group switchover from slot slot
Syntax Description
slot
|
Specifies the line card slot on the chassis. Valid range is from 3 to 12.
|
Command Default
The switchover of the line card takes place.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC (#)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Usage Guidelines
This command is used for the line card switchover. Switchover occurs from the current active line card to the standby line card.
Examples
The following example shows the switchover of a line card in slot 3:
Router#redundancy linecard-group switchover from slot 3
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
show redundancy linecard
|
Displays information on a line card or line card group redundancy status.
|
redundancy reload
To reset the standby Supervisor card to reset both the active and standby Supervisor cards, use the redundancy reload command in privileged EXEC mode.
redundancy reload {peer | shelf}
Syntax Description
peer
|
Reloads only the standby Supervisor card.
|
shelf
|
Reloads both the active and standby r Supervisor card.
|
Command Default
This command has no default behavior or values.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC (#)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was integrated into Cisco IOS Release 12.2(44)SQ. Support for the Cisco RF Gateway 10 was added.
|
Usage Guidelines
The redundancy reload peer command reloads the Cisco IOS software on the standby Supervisor card which does not have an impact on router operations, assuming a switchover is not required while the standby module is resetting. The redundancy reload shelf command reloads the Cisco IOS software on both the active and standby Supervisor cards, which will interrupt services on the router until all the Supervisor cards and line cards initialize and come back online.
Examples
The following example shows the system response when a standby Supervisor card is not installed in the Cisco RFGW-10:
Switch# redundancy reload peer
System is running in SIMPLEX mode, reload anyway? [confirm] n
Peer reload not performed.
The following example shows how to reload both Supervisor cards on the Cisco RFGW-10:
Switch# redundancy reload shelf
Reload the entire shelf [confirm] y
Preparing to reload entire shelf
Note
Pressing Enter or y confirms the action and begins the reload of both cards. Pressing any other key aborts the reload and returns control to the current active Supervisor card.
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
redundancy
|
Enters redundancy configuration mode so that the synchronization parameters can be configured.
|
redundancy force-failover main-cpu
|
Forces a switchover, so that the standby Supervisor card becomes the active Supervisor card.
|
redundancy tcc-group switchover from slot
To initiate a Timing, Communication and Control (TCC) card switchover, use the redundancy tcc-group switchover from slot command in privileged EXEC mode.
redundancy tcc-group switchover from slot slot
Syntax Description
slot
|
Specifies the TCC card slot on the chassis. Valid slots are 13 and 14.
|
Command Default
This command has no default behavior or values.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC (#)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Usage Guidelines
This command is used for TCC card switchover. Switchover occurs from the current active card to the standby TCC card.
Examples
The following example shows the switchover of a TCC card in slot 13:
Router#redundancy tcc-group switchover from slot 13
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
show redundancy tcc
|
Displays information of the TCC card redundancy status.
|
replicate-qam
To configure the replicate (destination) QAM, use the replicate-qam command in the QAM replication group configuration mode. To remove the replicate QAM, use the no form of this command.
replicate-qam {qam | qam-red} {qam-interface-number}
no replicate-qam {qam | qam-red} {qam-interface-number}
Syntax Description
qam-interface-number
|
Replicate QAM location.
|
Command Default
This command is enabled by default.
Command Modes
QAM replication group configuration (config-qrg)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ
|
This command was introduced.
|
Usage Guidelines
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ introduces the QAM replication group feature to replicate any single QAM output from one port to another port on the same Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card.
A QAM replication group contains information about a single source QAM and its corresponding replicated copy or copies. Each group is numbered with a group-id and contains the slot, port and channel number for both the source QAM (pilot-qam) and the destination QAM (replicate-qam).
Note
QAM replication is supported only within a given line card and not from one line card to another.
Examples
This example shows how to create a replicate QAM:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# cable qam-replication-group 1
Router(config-qrg)# replicate-qam qam-red3/2.1
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable qam replication-group
|
Configures the QAM replication group.
|
pilot-qam
|
Configures the pilot QAM in the QAM replication group.
|
reserve cardtype
To configure the reserve line card type in line card redundancy, use the reserve cardtype command in line card redundancy configuration mode. To disable the line card type, use the no form of this command.
reserve cardtype type
no reserve cardtype type
Syntax Description
type
|
Line card type in Hex or Decimal. Valid range is from 0-4294967295.
|
Command Default
This command is auto-generated when the first primary line card is configured.
Command Modes
Line card redundancy configuration (config-red-lc)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.2.0SQ
|
This command was introduced.
|
Usage Guidelines
The Cisco RFGW-10 DS-48 line card and the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card have 12 and 8 ports respectively. Thus, these cards cannot exist in the same redundancy group.
Each protection group has a reserve cardtype configuration which can be manually configured before configuring the first primary line card in the group. However, if the reserve cardtype is not configured, it is automatically generated when the first primary line card is configured.
Additional redundancy line cards in a redundancy group are configured only if the card types are compatible with the reserve cardtype. The line card will not be allowed to fully initialize, if the line card is removed from a redundancy group and replaced with a non-compatible line cardtype.
For information on the redundancy group cardtype compatibility, see 1:1 and 1:N Line Card Redundancy.
Note
To determine the cardtype of an existing line card, use the show redundancy linecard slot [slot] command. Use this command even if the line card is a not redundant line card.
Associated Features
The reserve cardtype command is used to configure the reserve cardtype in a redundancy line card configuration on the Cisco RFGW-10 router.For information on configuring line card redundancy, see
•
1:1 and 1:N Line Card Redundancy
Examples
The following example shows the configuration and the output of the automatic generation of the reserve cardtype for a Cisco RFGW-10 line card:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# redundancy
Router(config-red)# linecard-group 0 internal-switch
Router(config-red-lc)# class 1:n
Class set to 1:N for Redundancy group (0)
Router(config-red-lc)# member slot 3 primary
Auto generate reserve card type command
Router(config-red-lc)# end
Router# show run | beg redundancy
linecard-group 0 internal-switch
The following example manually configures the reserve cardtype for a Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card, and attempts to configure the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-48 line card as a primary line card.
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# redundancy
Router(config-red)# linecard-group 0 internal-switch
Router(config-red-lc)# class 1:n
Class set to 1:N for Redundancy group (0)
Router(config-red-lc)# reserve cardtype ?
<0-4294967295> Enter reserve cardtype in Hex or Decimal
Router(config-red-lc)# reserve cardtype 0x6015
Router(config-red-lc)# member slot 3 primary
Reject: Configuration of slot 3 as Primary failed for the above reason
*Apr 20 11:36:13.690: %RFGW-3-CARDTYPE_MISMATCH: Primary card type (ElbCardTypeMossbeach)
in slot (3) is not compatible with Reserve card type (ElbCardTypeBlackbriar)
The following example manually configures the reserve cardtype for a Cisco RFGW-10 DS-48 line
card, and configure the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-48 line card as a primary line card.
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# redundancy
Router(config-red)# linecard-group 0 internal-switch
Router(config-red-lc)# class 1:n
Class set to 1:N for Redundancy group (0)
Router(config-red-lc)# reserve cardtype 0x6011
Router(config-red-lc)# member slot 3 primary
Router(config-red-lc)# end
*Apr 20 11:38:27.161: %SYS-5-CONFIG_I: Configured from console by console
Router# show run | beg redundancy
linecard-group 0 internal-switch
The following example shows an attempt to configure an invalid reserve cardtype for the Cisco RFGW-10 line card:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# redundancy
Router(config-red)# linecard-group 0 internal-switch
Router(config-red-lc)# class 1:n
Class set to 1:N for Redundancy group (0)
Router(config-red-lc)# reserve cardtype 0x6000
Cardtype is not valid, enter valid card type and try this command again
The following example shows an attempt to configure a different reserve cardtype that does not match the existing redundancy members.
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# redundancy
Router(config-red)# linecard-group 0 internal-switch
Router(config-red-lc)# class 1:n
Class set to 1:N for Redundancy group (0)
Router(config-red-lc)# reserve cardtype 0x6011
Router(config-red-lc)# member slot 3 primary
Router(config-red-lc)# reserve cardtype 0x6015
Reserve cardtype cannot be changed while this group
has members. Reserved card type (0x6011 24593)
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
class
|
Configures redundancy class on the line card.
|
linecard-group internal-switch
|
Adds a group ID for a line card group, and enters line card redundancy configuration mode.
|
member slot
|
Adds a slot to the line card redundancy group.
|
redundancy
|
Enters the redundancy configuration mode.
|
reset interval
Note
The reset-interval command is not available in the Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ and later releases.
To set the reset interval, use the reset interval command in video server configuration mode and QAM partition configuration mode. To remove the setting, use the no form of this command.
reset interval seconds
no reset interval seconds
Syntax Description
seconds
|
Reset interval value. The valid interval range is from 1 to 300.
|
Command Default
This command is not enabled by default.
Command Modes
Video server configuration (config-video-servers)QAM partition configuration (config-qp)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(50)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ
|
This command is removed. It is not available in the Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ and later releases.
|
Usage Guidelines
Use the reset interval command in QAM partition configuration to reset the reset interval value.
Note
Video server configuration is not supported in Cisco IOS-XE 3.2.99SQ{X}and later.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the reset interval value of 10 seconds in QAM partition configuration:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# cable qam-partition 1
Router(config-qp)# reset interval 10
The following example shows how to configure the reset interval value of 1 second on a Cisco RFGW-10:
Router(config)# cable video servers servergroup1
Router(config-video-servers)# reset interval 1
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
active
|
Activates the server.
|
cable qam-partition
|
Configures the QAM partition for a video server.
|
cable video servers
|
Configures server groups for video sessions using external servers.
|
ip rpc portmapper
|
Establishes an RPC connection between the external server and EQAM.
|
keepalive retry
|
Configures the keepalive retry value on the server.
|
mgmt-ip-address mac-address
|
Configures the management IP and MAC address of the server.
|
protocol
|
Configures the protocols supported by the server.
|
server
|
Configures the IP address of the server.
|
show cable video server-group
|
Displays the video server-group information.
|
retry interval
To configure the retry time and interval time on the external server, use the retry interval command in cable video server configuration mode. To remove the configuration, use the no form of this command.
retry seconds interval seconds
no retry seconds interval seconds
Syntax Description
seconds
|
Specifies the time interval. The default retry time is 3 seconfds and the default interval time is 5 seconds.
|
Command Default
This command has no default behavior or values.
Command Modes
Cable video server configuration (config-video-servers)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Usage Guidelines
Retry and interval time are optionally configured in the server group for communication between the Cisco RFGW-10 and the external servers.
Examples
The following example shows 10 seconds configured as the retry and interval value on the video server:
Router#configure terminal
Router(config)#cable video server servergroup1
Router(config-video-servers)#protocol gqi
Router(config-video-servers)#server 10.10.10.1
Router(config-video-servers)#retry 10 interval 10
Router(config-video-servers)#exit
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable video servers
|
Configures the video server group for external servers.
|
mgmt-ip-address mac-address
|
Configures the management port IP address and MAC address.
|
protocol
|
Configures the protocol used by the external server.
|
server
|
Configures the IP address of the external server.
|
rtsp
To configure the ERMI Real-time Streaming Protocol (RTSP) on the QAM partition, use the rtsp command in global configuration mode. To disable the protocol, use the no form of this command.
rtsp {connect-retry retry-interval | connect-time connect-seconds | keepalive
connection-timeout-interval | session-timeout session-timeout-interval}
no rtsp {connect-retry retry-interval | connect-time connect-seconds | keepalive
connection-timeout | session-timeout session-timeout}
Syntax Description
connect-retry
|
Specifies RTSP connection retry time.
|
retry-interval
|
RTSP connection retry interval, The valid range is from 1 to 10.
|
connect-time
|
Specifies the RTSP connection time
|
connect-seconds
|
RTSP connection time in seconds. The valid range is from 10 to 200.
|
keepalive
|
Specifies the keepalive time for the RTSP connection.
|
connection-timeout-interval
|
RTSP connection timeout interval. The valid range is from 1 to 300. The default value is 300.
|
session-timeout
|
Specifies the RTSP session timeout for the connection.
|
session-timeout-interval
|
RTSP session timeout interval. The valid range is from 10800 to 36000.
|
Command Default
This command is disabled by default.
Command Modes
QAM partition configuration mode (config-qp)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ
|
This command was introduced.
|
Usage Guidelines
ERMI is a protocol for managing EQAM resources both for DOCSIS and video services. It provides video edge device discovery, resource provisioning and signaling protocols for setup and control of video on demand (VOD) and switched digital video (SDV) type video sessions.
Note
ERMI protocol has to be configured in the QAM partition.
RTSP protocol is designed to support the setup of multimedia sessions over IP networks. RTSP operates on TCP port and provides primitives for session setup and session management protocol. RTSP is a client server protocol that enables a client application to request streaming media services from a media server.
Examples
This example shows how to configure ERMI rtsp protocol on the QAM partition 1:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# cable qam-partition 1
Router(config-qp)# protocol ermi
Router(config-qp)# rtsp connect-retry 5
Router(config-qp)# rtsp connect-time 10
Router(config-qp)# rtsp keepalive 5
Router(config-qp)# rtsp session-timeout 10800
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable qam-partition
|
Creates a QAM partition for video server on the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card.
|
clear cable ermi statistics
|
Clears the ERMI protocol connection stastistics information.
|
errp
|
Configures Edge Resource and Registration protocol (ERRP) on the QAM partition.
|
protocol
|
Assigns the protocol used by the external server.
|
server
To configure the external server IP address, use the server command in cable video server configuration mode and QAM partition configuration mode. To remove the configuration, use the no form of this command.
server IP address
no server IP address
Syntax Description
IP address
|
Specifies the IP address of the external server.
|
Command Default
This command has no default behavior or values.
Command Modes
QAM partition configuration (config-qp)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ
|
This command is integrated Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ.
|
Usage Guidelines
Data Network Control Station (DNCS) servers use Generic QAM interface (GQI) protocol. The IP address of the DNCS server must be provided. SDV servers use Switched Digital Video (SDV) protocol and do not require an IP address.
Starting with Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ, the server command configures the IP address of the external server that uses the QAM partition.
Examples
The following example sets the external server IP address in a QAM partition:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# cable qam-partition 1
Router(config-qp)# protocol gqi
Router(config-qp)# mgmt-ip 1.1.1.1
Router (config-qp)# server 192.168.0.10
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable qam-partition
|
Configures the QAM partition for a video server.
|
protocol
|
Assigns the protocol used by the external server.
|
show cable clock
To display information about displaying Timing, Communicaton and Control (TCC) card DOCSIS Timimg Interface (DTI) client and server statistic counts, use the show cable clock command in privileged EXEC mode.
show cable clock [slot] {client port id | server port id | counters}
Syntax Description
slot
|
(Optional) Identifies a TCC interface on the Cisco RF Gateway 10. Valid TCC slots are 13 and 14.
|
client port id
|
Specifies the DTI client port ID. Valid port values are 1 and 2.
|
server port id
|
Specifies the DTI server port ID. Valid port values are 1 and 2.
|
counters
|
Specifies the DTI client counters.
|
Command Default
Information on the TCC DTI client and server is displayed. Counters are not displayed.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC (#)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was modified in Cisco IOS Release 12.2(44)SQ to support the Cisco RF Gateway 10. The slot, client, server, and counters options were added.
|
Examples
The following example shows the TCC DTI client and server statistic counts information:
DTI Client status: TCC 13
Client clock type : ITU type 1
Client firmware version : 7
Client timestamp : 657519453
Client phase correction : 65535
Client normal time : 65535
Client transition t3 count : 0
Client transition t4 count : 1
Client transition t6 count : 0
Client transition t7 count : 0
Client port switch count : 1
Client Integral Frequency Term : 64518
DTI Client Port 1 Status:
-------------------------
-- Connected server information ---
Server status : Active free-run
Root Server clock type : ITU type 3
Root Server source : none
Client Performance Stable : yes
Client Cable advance Valid : yes
DTI Client Port 2 Status:
-------------------------
DTI Client status: TCC 14
Client clock type : ITU type 1
Client firmware version : 7
Client timestamp : 672169320
Client phase correction : 65535
Client normal time : 65535
Client transition t3 count : 0
Client transition t4 count : 1
Client transition t6 count : 0
Client transition t7 count : 0
Client port switch count : 1
Client Integral Frequency Term : 64760
DTI Client Port 1 Status:
-------------------------
DTI Client Port 2 Status:
-------------------------
-- Connected server information ---
Server status : Active free-run
Root Server clock type : ITU type 3
Root Server source : none
Client Performance Stable : yes
Client Cable advance Valid : yes
The following is sample output of a TCC card in slot 13 on a Cisco RF Gateway 10:
Router#show cable clock 13 client 1
DTI Client Port 1 Status:
-------------------------
Table 3-2 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 3-2 show cable clock client Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
Port status
|
Indicates the current status of the DTI port on the TCC card.
|
Signal detected
|
Indicates whether the DTI signal was detected.
|
CRC error count
|
The number of cyclic redundancy check (CRC) errors. It can indicate intermittent upstream, laser clipping, or common-path distortion.
|
The following example shows the server status of the TCC card in slot 13 on a Cisco RFGW-10:
Router#show cable clock 13 server 2
TCC Card 13 port 2 DTI Server status:
--------------------------------------
Server signal detected : yes
Root Server clock type : ITU type 3
Root Server source : none
Client Performance Stable : yes
Client Cable advance Valid : yes
Table 3-3 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 3-3 show cable clock server Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
Server signal detected
|
Indicates whether the server was detected.
|
Server status
|
Indicates the state in which the serer is functioning. The states are warm-up, free-run state, fast mode, normal, holdover, or bridge mode.
|
Root server source
|
The server source such as internal, external, GPSor none.
|
Root server clock type
|
The clock type. The types are 1, 2, 3 or ITU Stratum 3 or DTI Min. clock.
|
TOD setting mode
|
Displays the time (user time, NTP, GPS) mode such as short or long.
|
The following is a sample output showing the counters on TCC card 13 on Cisco RFGW-10:
Router#show cable clock 13 counters
TCC Card 13 DTI counters:
-------------------------
Client Normal time : 0x1EB6
Client Holdover time : 0x0000
Client Phase Correction : 0
Client Freq Correction : 63213
Client EFC Correction : 61039
Client transition count t3 : 0
Client transition count t4 : 1
Client transition count t6 : 0
Client transition count t7 : 0
Client port switch count : 1
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable clock free-run
|
Allows the clock to be in free-run mode.
|
clear cable clock counters
|
Clears DTI client transition counters of a TCC DTI client and server.
|
show cable depi-sessions
To display Downstream External PHY Interface (DEPI) sessions configured on the line card, use the show cable depi-sessions command in privileged EXEC mode.
show cable depi-sessions mode {session-id | summary}
Syntax Description
mode
|
Specifies the mode of the QAM channel:
• L2TP—Displays signalled DEPI sessions.
• Manual—Displays manually configured DEPI sessions.
|
session-id
|
Displays detailed information on a specific DEPI session.
|
summary
|
Displays a summary of all DEPI sessions configured
|
Command Default
Information on configured DEPI sessions is displayed.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC (#)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Examples
The following is sample output for manual DEPI session 1 on the Cisco RF Gateway 10:
Router#show cable depi-sessions manual 1
Detailed Info about Session with id# 1:
Type : MANUAL_DEPI_OVER_IP
Payload type : DEPI_PW_TYPE_D_MPT
Table 3-4 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 3-4 show cable depi-sessions manual Field Descriptions
Field
|
Indicates the
|
Type
|
Mode of the DEPI session.
|
Name
|
Name given to the session.
|
State
|
State of the session.
|
Remote id
|
Remote ID of the session.
|
DestIP addr
|
Destination IP address of the DEPI.
|
Qam slotid
|
Slot on the QAM interface.
|
Qam portid
|
Port on the QAM slot.
|
Qam ch id
|
Channel on the QAM port.
|
The following example shows a summary of the manual DEPI sessions configured on a Cisco RF Gateway 10:
Router#show cable depi-sessions manual summary
List of the Configured Depi Sessions
ID Type State Qam-info PWtype
x-----------x-------------------x----------x----------x--------
1 MANUAL_DEPI_OVER_IP IDLE Qam3/01.1 DMPT
11012 MANUAL_DEPI_OVER_IP ACTIVE Qam3/01.2 DMPT
11013 MANUAL_DEPI_OVER_IP ACTIVE Qam3/01.3 DMPT
30011 MANUAL_DEPI_OVER_IP ACTIVE Qam5/01.1 DMPT
30012 MANUAL_DEPI_OVER_IP ACTIVE Qam5/01.2 DMPT
30013 MANUAL_DEPI_OVER_IP ACTIVE Qam5/01.3 DMPT
Table 3-5 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 3-5 show cable depi-sessions manual summaryField Descriptions
Field
|
Indicates the
|
ID
|
ID of the sessions created.
|
Type
|
Type of the DEPI session.
|
State
|
State of the DEPI session.
|
Qam-info
|
Slot, port and channel of a QAM interface.
|
PW type
|
Cable mode of the QAM channel.
|
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable mode
|
Specifies the mode and usage of QAM channels.
|
show cable depi-sessions slot count
To display the Downstream External PHY Interface (DEPI) session count on all QAMs on a line card, use the show cable depi-sessions slot count command in privileged EXEC mode.
show cable depi-sessions slot slot count
Syntax Description
slot
|
Displays DEPI sessions information for a slot.
|
slot
|
Specifies the slot on the QAM interface. Valid slot number range is from 3 to 12.
|
count
|
Displays the count of both Manual and L2tp sessions for all QAM channels on the linecard interface.
|
Command Default
This command has no default behavior or values.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC (#)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(50)SQ2
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Examples
The following is sample output for DEPI session count on the Cisco RF Gateway 10:
Router#show cable depi-sessions slot 3 count
x-----------------x---------
Table 3-4 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 3-6 show cable depi-sessions slot count Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
QAM Port
|
Port on the QAM slot.
|
Sessions
|
Count of the DEPI sessions on the QAM port.
|
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable mode
|
Specifies the mode and usage of QAM channels.
|
show cable depi-sessions offset
To display the DOCSIS Timing Interface (DTI) timing value on the QAM channels, use the show cable depi-sessions offset command in privileged EXEC mode.
show cable depi-sessions offset [port slot/port | slot slot]
Syntax Description
port
|
Displays the offset value at the port.
|
slot/port
|
Specifies the slot and the port of the line card. Valid slot range is 3 to 12. Valid port range is 1 to 12.
|
slot
|
Displays the offset value for the specified slot.
|
slot
|
Specifies the slot on the line card. Valid slot range is from 3 to 12.
|
Command Default
This command has no default behavior or values.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC (#)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Examples
The following is sample output for DTI offset values configured on the chassis:
Router# show cable depi-sessions offset
x-----------x-------------------
Table 3-7 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 3-7 show cable depi-sessions offset Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
Qam-info
|
Displays information about the QAM interface.
|
Offset
|
Displays the offset value configured.
|
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable depi offset
|
Sets the offset value on the QAM channel for a line card in DEPI mode.
|
show cable ermi errp
To display information on the ERMI Edge Resource and Registration protocol (ERRP) protocol, use the show cable ermi errp command in privileged EXEC mode.
show cable ermi errp server {server-IP-address | all | resources {res-IP-address | all} | statistics
Syntax Description
server
|
Displays information of a specific ERRP server.
|
server-IP-address
|
ERRP server IP address.
|
all
|
Displays all information about the ERRP server.
|
resources
|
Displays all resources used by the ERRP server.
|
res-IP-address
|
Displays information of a particular resource used by the ERRP server.
|
all
|
Displays informatin of all resources used by the ERRP server.
|
statistics
|
Displays the ERRP statistics information.
|
Command Default
This command is enabled by default.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC (#)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ
|
This command was introduced.
|
Examples
This example displays the ERRP server information:
Router# show cable ermi errp server all
Local : 10.78.179.167:22350
Remote : 10.78.179.170:6069
Timers : Hold 90, Keepalive 0, ConnectRetry 10
Number of QAMs reachable : 0
Table 3-8 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 3-8 show cable ermi errp Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
Socket
|
Port connected to the ERRP server.
|
Local
|
Local IP address.
|
Remote
|
Remote IP address
|
FSM State
|
State of server.
|
QAM Partition
|
QAM Partition used by the protocol.
|
No of QAMs Reachable
|
No of QAM interfaces that use the server.
|
The following example displays the ERRP server statistics:
Router# show cable ermi errp statistics
ERRP Protocol Statistics:
Packet Received Received Received Sent Sent Sent
Type Packets Failed Success Packets Failed Success
------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
The following example displays the resources used by ERRP server:
Router# show cable ermi errp server resources all
-----------------------------------------------------------------Total Resource
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
clear cable ermi statistics
|
Clears ERMI protocol connection stastistics information.
|
errp
|
Configures Edge Resource and Registration protocol (ERRP) on the QAM partition.
|
show cable ermi rtsp
To display information on the ERMI Real-time Streaming Protocol (RTSP) protocol, use the show cable ermi rtsp command in privileged EXEC mode.
show cable ermi errp server {server-IP-address | all} | session {session-id | all} | statistics
Syntax Description
server
|
Displays RTSP server information.
|
server-IP-address
|
Server IP address.
|
all
|
Displays all information about the server.
|
session
|
Displays information about an RTSP session ID.
|
session-id
|
RTSP session ID. The valid range is from 0 to 4294967295.
|
all
|
Displays information about all RTSP sessions.
|
statistics
|
Displays the RTSP statistics information.
|
Command Default
This command is enabled by default.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC (#)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ
|
This command was introduced.
|
Examples
This example displays all the server information:
Router# show cable ermi rtsp server all
Socket Mgmt Server QP RTSP RTSP Conn Co
ID Info Info ID Session Req Timeout Re
------ --------------------- --------------------- --- ------- ---- ------- --
Table 3-8 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 3-9 show cable ermi errp Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
Socket ID
|
ID of the socket.
|
Mgmt Infol
|
Information about Management port.
|
Server Info
|
Information about the Server port.
|
QP ID
|
QAM partition ID.
|
RTSP session
|
Number of RTSP sessions.
|
RTSP Req
|
RTSP request.
|
Conn timeout
|
Connection timeout interval.
|
Conn Retry
|
Connection retry interval.
|
This example displays the RTSP server statistics:
Router# show cable ermi errp statistics
RTSP Protocol Statistics:
Packet Received Received Received Sent Sent Sent
Type Packets Failed Success Packets Failed Success
------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
SET PARAMETER 0 0 0 0 0 0
GET PARAMETER 0 0 0 0 0 0
The following example displays the RTSP session information:
Router# show cable ermi rtsp session all
Session Session QP QAM QAM RTSP Server Socket Session Ses
ID Type ID Port TSID State Addr(Socket) Id Index Gro
---------- ------- --- ------- ----- ------ --------------- ------ ------- ---
Table 3-10 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 3-10 show cable ermi rtsp Field Descriptions
Field
|
Descriptions
|
Session on Client ID
|
RTSP Client ID (MAC address).
|
Session Type
|
Type of session.
|
QAM ID
|
QAM partition ID assigned to server.
|
QAM Port
|
QAM port assigned to server.
|
RTSP State
|
State of RTSP server.
|
Server Address (Socket)
|
IP address of server.
|
Socket ID
|
TCP Socket ID.
|
Session Index
|
Session Index.
|
Session Group
|
Group of sessions.
|
Session ID
|
RTSP Session ID.
|
Total Sessions
|
Total number of sessions.
|
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
clear cable ermi statistics
|
Clears the ERMI protocol connection statistics information.
|
rtsp
|
Configures RTSP on the QAM partition.
|
show cable freq-profile
To display frequency profiles created on the Cisco RFGW-10, use the show cable freq-profile command in privileged EXEC mode.
show cable freq-profile [all | freq-profile-id]
Syntax Description
all
|
Displays detailed information of all the frequency profiles on the Cisco RFGW-10.
|
freq-profile-id
|
Displays detailed information of a specific frequency profile.
|
Command Default
Information on configured frequency profiles are displayed.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC (#)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.2.0SQ
|
This command was introduced.
|
Usage Guidelines
Use the show cable freq-profile command find out which frequency segment is occupied by the carriers, which part are not being used, and which portions cannot be used.
Examples
The following example displays the frequency profiles configured on the Cisco RFGW-10:
Router# show cable freq-profile
Frequency Profile ID default-freq-profile:
Lane 1 start-freq 88000000hz
Block 1 start-freq 88000000hz
Block 2 start-freq 136000000hz
Block 3 start-freq 184000000hz
Block 4 start-freq 232000000hz
Lane 2 start-freq 280000000hz
Block 1 start-freq 280000000hz
Block 2 start-freq 328000000hz
Block 3 start-freq 376000000hz
Block 4 start-freq 424000000hz
Lane 3 start-freq 472000000hz
Block 1 start-freq 472000000hz
Block 2 start-freq 520000000hz
Block 3 start-freq 568000000hz
Block 4 start-freq 616000000hz
Lane 4 start-freq 664000000hz
Block 1 start-freq 664000000hz
Block 2 start-freq 712000000hz
Block 3 start-freq 760000000hz
Block 4 start-freq 808000000hz
Lane 1 start-freq 680000000hz
Block 1 start-freq 680000000hz
Block 2 start-freq 680000000hz
Block 3 start-freq 680000000hz
Block 4 start-freq 680000000hz
Lane 2 start-freq 780000000hz
Block 1 start-freq 780000000hz
Block 2 start-freq 780500000hz
Block 3 start-freq 780500000hz
Block 4 start-freq 780099000hz
Lane 3 start-freq 99000000hz
Block 1 start-freq 99400000hz
Block 2 start-freq 99300000hz
Block 3 start-freq 99340000hz
Block 4 start-freq 99540000hz
Lane 4 start-freq 580000000hz
Block 1 start-freq 679000000hz
Block 2 start-freq 678000000hz
Block 3 start-freq 678500000hz
Block 4 start-freq 679500000hz
Table 3-11describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 3-11 show cable freq-profile Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
Frequency Profile ID
|
Indicates the frequency profile ID.
|
Lane
|
Indicates the lane ID, and starting frequency of the lane.
|
Block
|
Indicates the block ID, and starting frequency of the block.
|
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable downstream freq-profile
|
Configures the frequency profiles on the Cisco RFGW-10.
|
show cable heartbeat
To display the number of heartbeats received from the line cards, use the show cable heartbeat command in privileged EXEC mode.
show cable heartbeat
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
This command has no default behavior or values.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC (#)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Examples
The following example shows the heartbeat of the line cards:
Router#show cable heartbeat
------------------------------------
Table 3-12 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 3-12 show cable hearbeat Field Descriptions
Field
|
Specifies the
|
Slot
|
Slot on the chassis.
|
Heartbeat Enabled
|
Heartbeat enabled status. If no heartbeat is received, it indicates that the line card is reset. Note that heartbeat state must be enabled to receive heartbeats.
|
Heartbeat Received Count
|
Number of heartbeats.
|
Card State
|
State of the line card.
|
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable linecard reset
|
Resets the line card on the chassis.
|
show cable image-upgrade bundle
To display the upgraded images of all the devices on the Supervisor card, use the show cable image-upgrade bundle command in user EXEC or privileged EXEC mode.
show cable image-upgrade bundle
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default
This command has no default behavior or values.
Command Modes
User EXEC (>)
Privileged EXEC (#)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Examples
The following example shows the sample output using the show cable image-upgrade bundle command on the Cisco RF Gateway 10:
Router# show cable image-upgrade bundle
================================== == ==================
TCC_APP_00000000_20080811-00144654 00 20080811 00144654
TCC_ROM_00000001_20080317-00170141 01 20080317 00170141
TCC_GEN_00000002_20080612-00140709 02 20080612 00140709
TCC_DTI_00000003_20080428-00094708 03 20080428 00094708
TCC_RST_00000004_20080612-00140712 04 20080612 00140712
RFS_CPL_00000005_20080428-00105357 05 20080428 00105357
MV_APP_00000011_20080811-00144650 11 20080811 00144650
MV_ROM_00000012_20080605-00074654 12 20080605 00074654
MV_DIS_00000013_20080603-00151016 13 20080603 00151016
MV_COB_00000014_20080609-00205712 14 20080609 00205712
MV_YEL_00000015_20080609-00205659 15 20080609 00205659
MV_GWT_00000016_20080717-00162446 16 20080717 00162446
RFGW_GUI_00000017_20080603-00114822 17 20080603 00114822
Table 3-13 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 3-13 show cable image-upgrade bundle Field Descriptions
Field
|
Indicates the
|
Image Name
|
Name of images of all devices on Supervisor card.
|
Id
|
ID allotted to the image.
|
Date
|
Date when the image was created.
|
Time
|
Time when the image was created.
|
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable-image upgrade download
|
Upgrades the image on the specified line card.
|
show cable-image upgrade status
|
Displays the image upgraded status of the line card.
|
show cable-image upgrade version
|
Displays all the upgraded image versions on the line card.
|
show cable image-upgrade status
To display the upgrade status for a line card, use the show cable image-upgrade status command in user EXEC or privileged EXEC mode.
show cable image-upgrade status slot
Syntax Description
slot
|
Specifies the slot number of the line card. Valid ranges are from 3 to 12.
|
Command Default
This command has no default behavior or values.
Command Modes
User EXEC (>)
Privileged EXEC (#)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Examples
The following example displays the upgrade status for the line card:
Router# show cable image-upgrade status 12
No current image upgrade is occurring on slot 12
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable-image upgrade download
|
Upgrades the image on the specified line card.
|
show cable-image upgrade bundle
|
Displays the upgraded images of all the devices on the Supervisor card.
|
show cable-image upgrade version
|
Displays all the upgraded image versions on the line card.
|
show cable image-upgrade version
To display the upgraded images on the line card, use the show cable image-upgrade version command in privileged EXEC and user EXEC mode.
show cable image-upgrade version slot
Syntax Description
slot
|
Specifies the slot number of the line card. Valid slot range is from 3 to 12.
|
Command Default
This command has no default behavior or values.
Command Modes
User EXEC (>)
Privileged EXEC (#)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Examples
The following example shows the output from the show cable image-upgrade version command:
Router# show cable image-upgrade version 3
================================== == ==================
MV_APP_00000011_20080811-00144650 11 20080811 00144650
MV_ROM_00000012_20080605-00074654 12 20080605 00074654
MV_DIS_00000013_20080603-00151016 13 20080603 00151016
MV_COB_00000014_20080609-00205712 14 20080609 00205712
MV_YEL_00000015_20080609-00205659 15 20080609 00205659
MV_GWT_00000016_20080717-00162446 16 20080717 00162446
Table 3-14 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 3-14 show cable image-upgrade version Field Descriptions
Field
|
Indicates the
|
Image Name
|
Name of the image upgraded.
|
Id
|
ID allotted to the image.
|
Date
|
Date when image was upgraded.
|
Time
|
Time when image upgrade occurred.
|
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable-image upgrade download
|
Upgrades the image on the specified line card.
|
show cable-image upgrade bundle
|
Displays the upgraded images of all the devices e on the Supervisor card.
|
show cable-image upgrade status
|
Displays the image upgraded status of the line card.
|
show cable licenses
To view license information applied to QAM channels on the Cisco RFGW-10, use the show cable licenses command in the privileged EXEC mode.
show cable licenses [all | lc-slot]
Syntax Description
all
|
Displays detailed information of all licenses Cisco RFGW-10.
|
lc-slot
|
Displays detailed information of a specific slot on the line card. Valid line cards are from 3 to 12.
|
Command Default
Information on licenses are displayed.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC (#)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.2.0SQ
|
This command was introduced.
|
Usage Guidelines
Use the show cable license command to view the licenses on the line cards on the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card.
The license on the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card is a count based license for available QAM channels. The Supervisor enforces the license after ensuring the number of unshut QAM channels in the running configuration does not exceed the license. If there are more QAM channels unshut, then the system shuts down the extra QAM channels. Depending on the running configuration, the first N licensed channels remain unshut, and the rest are shutdown.
Note
This command does not display the license information for the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-48 line card.
Examples
The following example displays the license information of all line cards on the Cisco RFGW-10:
Router# show cable licenses all
Slot 3 : License Configuration : DS384_384_CLEAR
---------------------------------------------------
Feature: Downstream Licenses
Installed: 384 Consumed: 0 Available: 384 Forced-Shut: 0
Table 3-11describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 3-15 show cable licenses Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
Slot
|
Indicates the slot on the Cisco RFGW-10.
|
License Configuration
|
Indicates the type of license.
|
Feature
|
Indicates whether the license is for downstream or upstream port.
|
Installed
|
Displays the currently active license count.
|
Consumed
|
Displays the number of un-shut channels used by the license.
|
Available
|
Displays the number of available un-shut channels allowed by the license.
|
Forced-Shut
|
Displays the number of un-shut channels not allowed by the license during a license downgrade. The channels are un-shut during a license upgrade.
|
show cable linecard carrier-id-mapping
To display the carrier-id mapped to the line card, use the show cable linecard carrier-id-mapping command in privileged EXEC mode.
show cable linecard carrier-id-mapping slot
Syntax Description
slot
|
Specifies the line card on the Cisco RF Gateway 10. Valid range is from 3 to 14.
|
Command Default
This command has no default behavior or values.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC (#)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.2.0SQ
|
This command was introduced.
|
Usage Guidelines
QAM block information, QAM carrier mapped to line card, and maximum carriers assigned to the slot are displayed.
Examples
The following example shows the carrier ID, and the QAM carriers on slot 9 on the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-48 line card:
Router# show cable linecard carrier-id-mapping 9
QAM Block 1 Slot: 9 Maximum Carriers per Block: 24
-------------------------------------------------------
QAM Block 2 Slot: 9 Maximum Carriers per Block: 24
-------------------------------------------------------
The following example shows the carrier ID , and the QAM carriers on slot 3 on the
Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card:
Router# show cable linecard carrier-id-mapping 3
QAM Block 1 Slot: 3 Maximum Carriers per Block: 16
-------------------------------------------------------
QAM Block 2 Slot: 3 Maximum Carriers per Block: 0
-------------------------------------------------------
Table 3-16 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 3-16 show cable linecard carrier-id mapping Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
QAM Block ID
|
Indicates the QAM block on the line card. First 24 carriers are QAM 1 for Cisco RFGW-10 DS-48 line card. First 192 carriers are QAM 1 for the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card.
|
Slot
|
Indicates the line card slot.
|
QAM carrier
|
Indicates all the carrier IDs associated to the QAM block.
|
Maximum carriers per block
|
Indicates the maximum carriers associated to the QAM block.
|
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable linecard license max-carriers
|
Creates the QAM carriers on the QAM port.
|
cable carrier-id
|
Auto-generated when the line card is inserted into to the Cisco RFGW-10 chassis. Applicable to both the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-48 and Cisco RFGW10-DS-384 line cards.
|
show cable linecard coreinfo
To copy the core file information from line card flash directory to the bootflash, use the show cable linecard coreinfo command in privileged EXEC mode.
show cable linecard coreinfo slot
Syntax Description
slot
|
Specifies the line card and TCC card slots. Valid line card range is from 3 to 12 and valid TCC card slots are 13 and 14.
|
Command Default
This command has no default behavior or values.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC (#)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Usage Guidelines
This command copies the core files from line card flash directories to the bootflash with the line card identifier appended as a prefix and file creation time appended as a suffix to the core file information.
Examples
The following example shows the core files from slot 3 being copied onto the bootflash:
1 -rwx 12535060 Apr 12 2007 19:10:18 +00:00 cat4000-i9s-mz.122-25.EWA8.bin
3 -rw- 5737 Sep 13 2007 12:54:26 +00:00 np_rfgw_run_913.cfg
6 -rwx 26904132 Oct 23 2007 05:27:07 +00:00 cat4500-entservices-mz
7 -rw- 6576 Mar 11 2008 02:48:36 +00:00 temp-1.cfg
8 -rw- 8070 Oct 5 2008 04:28:25 +00:00 np-startup1.cfg
9 -rw- 236964 Oct 21 2008 23:54:48 +00:00 slogs1
61341696 bytes total (9444684 bytes free)
Router#dir linecard-3-flash:
Directory of linecard-3-flash:/
720958 -rw- 4047732 Sep 29 2008 12:40:49 +00:00 mv_app.lc
720986 -rwx 74 Sep 29 2008 12:48:37 +00:00 update
1704275 -rw- 65536 Jan 1 1970 00:03:00 +00:00 mv_iu.core
2031738 -rw- 232833 Oct 24 2008 19:31:32 +00:00 slog_latest
1245266 -rw- 327881 Nov 3 2008 18:30:16 +00:00 AA
1573181 -rw- 77824 Nov 6 2008 01:29:35 +00:00 mv_video.core
1442197 -rw- 147603 Nov 7 2008 20:57:23 +00:00 AAA
131273 -rw- 385309 Nov 10 2008 20:54:58 +00:00 slogs1.text
1048865 -rw- 63617 Nov 10 2008 20:57:18 +00:00 slogs2.text
327848 -rw- 385309 Nov 10 2008 20:54:58 +00:00 slogs1_boot.text
458769 -rw- 63617 Nov 10 2008 20:57:18 +00:00 slogs2_boot.text
196793 -rw- 20036 Jan 1 1970 00:00:14 +00:00 slogs1_boot.txt
524465 -rw- 114208 Dec 9 2008 20:33:25 +00:00 slogs1
8126464 bytes total (1719532 bytes free)
Router#show cable linecard coreinfo 3
Copying core file linecard-3-flash:mv_video.core to
bootflash:LC_3_mv_video.core_012935_6_Nov_2008
Copying core file linecard-3-flash:mv_iu.core to
bootflash:LC_3_mv_iu.core_000300_1_Jan_1970
1 -rwx 12535060 Apr 12 2007 19:10:18 +00:00 cat4000-i9s-mz.122-25.EWA8.bin
3 -rw- 5737 Sep 13 2007 12:54:26 +00:00 np_rfgw_run_913.cfg
6 -rwx 26904132 Oct 23 2007 05:27:07 +00:00 cat4500-entservices-mz
7 -rw- 6576 Mar 11 2008 02:48:36 +00:00 temp-1.cfg
8 -rw- 8070 Oct 5 2008 04:28:25 +00:00 np-startup1.cfg
9 -rw- 236964 Oct 21 2008 23:54:48 +00:00 slogs1
21 -rw- 77824 Dec 9 2008 20:33:51 +00:00 LC_3_mv_video.core_012935_6_Nov_2008
22 -rw- 65536 Dec 9 2008 20:33:51 +00:00 LC_3_mv_iu.core_000300_1_Jan_1970
61341696 bytes total (9301068 bytes free)
Table 3-17 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 3-17 show cable linecard coreinfo Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
Copying core file line card
|
Shows the copying of the files to the bootflash directory.
|
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
show cable linecard version
|
Displays the version information for a line card.
|
show cable linecard cpuload
To display the CPU utilization information of the line card, use the show cable linecard cpuload command in privileged EXEC mode.
show cable linecard cpuload slot
Syntax Description
slot
|
Specifies the slot number of the line card. Valid range is from 3 to 12.
|
Command Default
This command has no default behavior or values.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC (#)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Examples
The following example shows the CPU information on line card 3:
Router#show cable linecard cpuload 3
4444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444
0....5....1....1....2....2....3....3....4....4....5....5....
CPU% per second (last 60 seconds)
4444444444444444444444444444444440
0....5....1....1....2....2....3....3....4....4....5....5....
CPU% per minute (last 60 minutes)
* = maximum CPU% # = average CPU%
0....5....1....1....2....2....3....3....4....4....5....5....6....6....7.
0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 0
CPU% per hour (last 72 hours)
* = maximum CPU% # = average CPU%
CPU utilization for five seconds: 4%; one minute: 4%; five minutes: 4%
Table 3-18 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 3-18 show cable linecard cpuload Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
CPU utilization
|
Displays the utilization of CPU in per second, per minute and per hour.
|
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable linecard reset
|
Resets the line card on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
show cable linecard load-balancing-group
To display the load balancing groups created on the Cisco RFGW-10, use the show cable line card load-balancing-group command in privileged EXEC mode.
show cable linecard slot load-balancing-group
Syntax Description
slot
|
Line card slot on the Cisco RFGW-10. Valid range is from 3 to14.
|
Command Default
This command is disabled by default.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC (#)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.2.0SQ
|
This command was introduced.
|
Usage Guidelines
Use the show cable linecard load-balancing group command to view the load balanced groups on the Cisco RFGW-10.
Examples
The following example displays the load balancing groups on line card slot 3 on the Cisco RFGW-10:
Router# show cable linecard 3 load-balancing-group all
Slot : 3 Load-balancing Group : 1
Total Bandwidth : 10000000 KBps
Available Bandwidth : 10000000 KBps
Reserved Bandwidth for QAM Based Sessions : 0 KBps
Reserved Bandwidth for IP Based Sessions : 0 KBps
Slot : 3 Load-balancing Group : 2
Total Bandwidth : 10000000 KBps
Available Bandwidth : 10000000 KBps
Reserved Bandwidth for QAM Based Sessions : 0 KBps
Reserved Bandwidth for IP Based Sessions : 0 KBps
Table 3-11describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 3-19 show cable linecard load-balancing-group Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
Slot
|
Indicates the line card slot.
|
Load-balancing Group
|
Indicates the load balancing group.
|
Total Bandwidth
|
Indicates the total bandwidth.
|
Available Bandwidth
|
Indicates the available bandwidth.
|
Reserved Bandwidth for QAM Based Sessions
|
Indicates reserved bandwidth for QAM session.
|
Reserved Bandwidth for IP Based Sessions
|
Indicates reserved bandwidth for IP sessions.
|
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable downstream freq-profile
|
Configures the frequency profiles on the Cisco RFGW-10.
|
show cable linecard logical-qamid-mapping
To display the logical QAM group IDs and QAM carriers mapped to the RF profiles on the Cisco RFGW-10, use the show cable linecard logical-qamid-mapping command in privileged EXEC mode.
show cable linecard logical-qamid-mapping lc-slot
Syntax Description
lc-slot
|
Line card slot on the Cisco RFGW-10. Valid range is from 3 to 14.
|
Command Default
Information on mapped QAM group IDs and QAM carriers are displayed.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC (#)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.2.0SQ
|
This command was introduced.
|
Usage Guidelines
Use the show cable linecard logical-qamid-mapping command to view the associated logical QAM groups and QAM carrier information.
Logical QAM groups are internally associated to RF profiles when the RF profile configuration is assigned to the QAM interface.
Examples
The following example displays the logical QAM IDs and carriers assigned to QAM interface 3 on the Cisco RFGW-10:
Router# show cable linecard logical-qamid-mapping 4
Slot: 4, Logical QAM Group ID 1:
RF Profile ID : Remote-RF-Profile-14
Associated Qam Carrier ids:
offset 0 - carrier-id 1 - Qam-red4/1.1
offset 1 - carrier-id 2 - Qam-red4/1.2
offset 4 - carrier-id 49 - Qam-red4/2.1
offset 5 - carrier-id 50 - Qam-red4/2.2
Slot: 4, Logical QAM Group ID 2:
RF Profile ID : Remote-RF-Profile-14
Associated Qam Carrier ids:
offset 0 - carrier-id 97 - Qam-red4/3.1
offset 1 - carrier-id 98 - Qam-red4/3.2
offset 4 - carrier-id 145 - Qam-red4/4.1
offset 5 - carrier-id 146 - Qam-red4/4.2
Slot: 4, Logical QAM Group ID 33:
RF Profile ID : Remote-RF-Profile-14
Associated Qam Carrier ids:
offset 0 - carrier-id 193 - Qam-red4/5.1
Table 3-11describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 3-20 show cable linecard logical-qamid-mapping Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
Slot
|
Indicates the line card slot.
|
Logical QAM ID
|
Indicates the QAM ID.
|
RF Profile ID
|
Indicates RF profile ID associated to the logical QAM.
|
Annex
|
Indicates annex mode set to the RF profile.
|
First Port
|
Indicates the port of the QAM interface.
|
Associated Qam Carrier IDs
|
Indicates the QAM carriers associated with the RF profile.
|
Offset
|
Indicates the QAM offset within that group for the carrier.
|
Carrier ID
|
Indicates the QAM carrier ID.
|
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable downstream rf-profile
|
Configures the RF profiles on the Cisco RFGW-10.
|
cable downstream lqam-group
|
Creates a logical qam group on the Cisco RFGW-10.
|
show cable linecard logs
To display the system log information of the line card at bootup, use the show cable linecard logs command in privileged EXEC mode.
show cable linecard logs slot {all | slogs1 | slogs1-boot | slogs2 | slogs2-boot}
Syntax Description
slot
|
Specifies the line card slot. Valid range is from 3 to 12.
|
all
|
Displays log information of all line cards on the chassis.
|
slogs1
|
Displays log information of latest system log 1 file.
|
slogs1-boot
|
Displays log information of latest system log 1 file at boot up.
|
slogs2
|
Displays log information of latest system log 2 file.
|
slogs2-boot
|
Displays log information of latest system log 2 file at boot up.
|
Command Default
This command has no default behavior or values.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC (#)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Usage Guidelines
The command may result in a lengthy output, if all option is used.
Examples
The following example shows the log information for all line cards on the chassis:
Router#show cable linecard logs 3 all
More linecard-3-flash:slogs1.txt ...
Time Sev Major Minor Args
Jan 01 00:00:11 6 10000 0 root >> process is up (restart max 3 times)
Jan 01 00:00:11 6 10000 0 root >> guardian 94217 waiting on source 94216
Jan 01 00:00:11 6 10000 0 root >> thread [tid: 2] child_monitor awaiting
Jan 01 00:00:11 6 10000 0 root >> thread [tid: 3] daemon_monitor awaiting
Jan 01 00:00:11 6 10000 0 Active SUP: slot 1, mac 020000000100
Jan 01 00:00:11 5 14 0 tcpip starting
Jan 01 00:00:11 3 14 0 Using pseudo random generator. See "random" op
Jan 01 00:00:13 6 10000 0 NPM: init
Jan 01 00:00:13 6 10000 0 NPM: options seat_id=0x02030000
Jan 01 00:00:13 6 10000 0 NPM: Seat ID 2030000
Jan 01 00:00:13 6 10000 0 NPM: Cell 2, EndPt 0
Jan 01 00:00:13 6 10000 0 NPM: Start resmgr: No error
Jan 01 00:00:13 6 10000 0 NCM: init
Jan 01 00:00:13 6 10000 0 NCM: Cell 1, EndPt 0
Jan 01 00:00:13 6 10000 0 NPM: Advert: en0, mac 02:00:00:00:03:00, mtu 15
14, cell 1, endPt 0, iface 0
Jan 01 00:00:13 6 10000 0 NCM: Module started
Jan 01 00:00:13 6 10000 0 NCM: Start resmgr: No error
Jan 01 00:00:13 6 10000 0 NCM: ncm_cipc_en: IPC master mac 02:00:00:00:01
More linecard-3-flash:slogs2.txt ...
%Error opening linecard-3-flash:slogs2.txt (No such file or directory)
More linecard-3-flash:slogs1_boot.txt ...
Time Sev Major Minor Args
Jan 01 00:00:11 6 10000 0 root >> process is up (restart max 3 times)
Jan 01 00:00:11 6 10000 0 root >> guardian 94217 waiting on source 94216
Jan 01 00:00:11 6 10000 0 root >> thread [tid: 2] child_monitor awaiting
Jan 01 00:00:11 6 10000 0 root >> thread [tid: 3] daemon_monitor awaiting
Jan 01 00:00:11 6 10000 0 Active SUP: slot 1, mac 020000000100
Jan 01 00:00:11 5 14 0 tcpip starting
Jan 01 00:00:11 3 14 0 Using pseudo random generator. See "random" op
Jan 01 00:00:11 6 10000 0 NPM: init
Jan 01 00:00:11 6 10000 0 NPM: options seat_id=0x02030000
Jan 01 00:00:11 6 10000 0 NPM: Seat ID 2030000
Jan 01 00:00:11 6 10000 0 NPM: Cell 2, EndPt 0
Jan 01 00:00:11 6 10000 0 NPM: Start resmgr: No error
Jan 01 00:00:13 6 10000 0 NCM: init
Jan 01 00:00:13 6 10000 0 NCM: Cell 1, EndPt 0
Jan 01 00:00:13 6 10000 0 NPM: Advert: en0, mac 02:00:00:00:03:00, mtu 15
14, cell 1, endPt 0, iface 0
Jan 01 00:00:13 6 10000 0 NCM: Module started
Jan 01 00:00:13 6 10000 0 NCM: Start resmgr: No error
Jan 01 00:00:13 6 10000 0 NCM: ncm_cipc_en: IPC master mac 02:00:00:00:01
More linecard-3-flash:slogs2_boot.txt ...
Table 3-21 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 3-21 show cable linecard logs Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
Time
|
Displays the time during which the log was recorded.
|
Sev
|
Indicates the severity of the issue logged.
|
Major Minor Args
|
Displays a short description of the issue.
|
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
show cable linecard version
|
Displays the version information for a line card.
|
show cable linecard process
To display all the processes running on the line card, use the show cable linecard process command in privileged EXEC mode.
show cable linecard process slot
Syntax Description
slot
|
Specifies the slot on the Cisco RF Gateway 10. Valid range is from 3 to 14.
|
Command Default
This command has no default behavior or values.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC (#)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Examples
The following example shows the processes running on line card 3:
Router#show cable linecard process 3
===== ================== ======= =====
45066 io-net 1 Registered,Launched
81934 mv_iu 1 Registered,Launched
81935 ipc_ping_server 1 Registered,Launched
81936 rfs 1 Registered,Launched
81937 mv_cpuload 1 Registered,Launched
81938 mv_lcinfo 1 Registered,Launched
81939 mv_lcred 1 Registered,Launched
81940 mv_hw_ctrl 1 Registered,Launched
81941 mv_tsec_ctrl 1 Registered,Launched
81942 mv_depi 1 Registered,Launched
81943 mv_video 1 Registered,Launched
Total number of processes: 11
Table 3-22 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 3-22 show cable linecard process Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
pid
|
Displays the program identifier.
|
name
|
Displays the name of the process.
|
start counter
|
Displays how many times a process has been launched.
|
state
|
Displays the state of the process.
|
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
show cable linecard cpuload
|
Displays the CPU utilization information on the line card.
|
show cable linecard version
To display image version information of the line card, use the show cable linecard version command in privileged EXEC mode.
show cable linecard version slot
Syntax Description
slot
|
Specifies the line card on the Cisco RF Gateway 10. Valid range is from 3 to 14.
|
Command Default
This command has no default behavior or values.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC (#)
Usage Guidelines
Software, hardware version information, and programmed flash image information are displayed for the line card.
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Examples
The following example shows the sample output of the show cable line card version command on a Cisco RF Gateway 10:
Router#show cable linecard version 4
Application Upgrade Version: 12.2(20100116.00032134): MV_APP_00000011_20100116-0
Application Permanent Version: MV_APP_00000011_20081112-00144210
Rommon Version: 12.2(12.2.394): MV_ROM_00000012_20081111-00141240
Discus Image version: MV_DIS_00000013_20080603-00151016
Discus FPGA 1st rev ID: 0x00420042
Discus FPGA 2nd rev ID: 0x00420042
Cobia Image version: MV_COB_00000014_20080807-00112745
Cobia FPGA 1st rev ID: 0x02560029
Cobia FPGA 2nd rev ID: 0x00230276
Yellowfin Image version: MV_YEL_00000015_20090319-00124021
Yellowfin FPGA 1st rev ID: 0x02260025
Yellowfin FPGA 2nd rev ID: 0x00240277
UPX Image version: MV_ZMR_00000018_20091217-00145848
OEM Name: Vecima Networks Inc
OEM Serial Number: 2469876
OEM Part Number: 00020000
Mfg Test Software Version: S1.0.94.0
OEM Name: Vecima Networks Inc
OEM Serial Number: 2469846
OEM Part Number: 00020000
Mfg Test Software Version: S1.0.81.0
OEM Name: Vecima Networks Inc
OEM Serial Number: 2469854
OEM Part Number: 00020000
Mfg Test Software Version: S1.0.84.0
Table 3-23 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 3-23 show cable linecard version Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
Rommon version
|
Displays the ROMMON version.
|
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
show cable linecard cpuload
|
Displays the CPU utilization information.
|
show cable linecard process
|
Displays the processes running on the line card.
|
show cable midplane ping statistics
To display the midplane ping statistics on the Cisco RFGW-10, use the show cable midplane ping statistics command in privileged EXEC mode.
show cable midplane ping statistics {all | slot lc_slot}
Syntax Description
all
|
Displays the midplane ping statistics of all line cards.
|
slot
|
Displays the midplane ping statistics of a line card slot.
|
lc_slot
|
Line card slot. The valid range is from 3 to 12.
|
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC (#)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(50)SQ4
|
This command was introduced.
|
Usage Guidelines
Midplane pings sent and pings received counters are cumulative. The downstream traffic functions normally as the ping received counter increments,
It might also be possible that the ping failed counter may display a non-zero value, though the downstream traffic functions normally.
Examples
The following example is a sample output of the show cable midplane ping statistics all command that displays the midplane ping information on all line cards:
Router# show cable midplane ping statistics all
Table 3-24 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 3-24 show cable midplane ping statistics all Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
Slot
|
Line card slot.
|
Port
|
Internal Gigabit Ethernet interface on the line card.
|
Pings sent
|
Number of midplane pings sent by the line card.
|
Pings received
|
Number of midplane pings received by the Supervisor.
|
Pings failed
|
Number of midplane pings lost between the line card and the Supervisor.
|
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable midplane ping
|
Configures the midplane pings between the line card and the Supervisor on the Cisco RFGW-10.
|
clear cable midplane ping statistics
|
Clears the midplane ping statistics on the Cisco RFGW-10.
|
show cable qam-partition
To display the QAM partition information on the line card, use the show cable qam-partition command in privileged EXEC mode.
show cable qam-partition {all | {partition-id | default} {qam | route | sessions} | protocol {ermi
| gqi}
Syntax Description
partition-id
|
QAM partition ID. The valid range is from 1 to 50.
|
all
|
Displays all QAM partitions configured on the line card.
|
default
|
Displays the default QAM partitions.
|
qam
|
Displays the QAM channels on QAM partition.
|
route
|
Displays the input route used for the QAM partition.
|
session
|
Displays the video sessions on the QAM partition.
|
protocol
|
Displays QAM partitions using the same protocol
|
ermi
|
Displays QAM paritions used by the ERMI procol.
|
qam
|
Displays QAM paritions used by the GQI procol.
|
Command Default
This command is enabled by default.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC (#)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ
|
This command was introduced.
|
Examples
This example displays the QAM partition information for partition ID 3 on the line card:
Router# show cable qam-partition 3
Management IP address: 10.78.179.187
Keepalive Timeout Period : 5 seconds
SDV Bindings Service : Not Available
MAC Address : 30e4.db04.8dc0
Reset Timeout Period : 5 seconds
--------------------------------
10.78.179.150 disconnected
QAM Carrier Logical External
Interface ID QAM ID Channel ID
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Table 3-25describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 3-25 show cable qam-partition Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
QAM partition
|
QAM partition ID
|
Management IP address
|
Management IP address configured on the QAM partition.
|
State
|
State of the QAM partition.
|
Protocol
|
Protocol used on the QAM partition.
|
Keepalive Timout Period
|
Keeplive time period in seconds
|
Number of retry
|
Number of connection retries.
|
MAC address
|
Cisco RFGW-10 MAC address in a GQI specific QAM partition.
|
Reset Timeout Period
|
Reset time period in seconds.
|
Server
|
Server IP address.
|
State
|
State of the video server.
|
Total QAM carriers
|
No of carriers on the QAM partition.
|
QAM interface
|
QAM interface associated with the QAM partition.
|
Carrier ID
|
QAM channel.
|
Logical QAM ID
|
Logical QAM ID.
|
External channel ID
|
External channel number for GQI protocol QAM partition.
|
This example displays the default QAM partition information for QAM channels on the line card:
Router# show cable qam-partition default qam
-----------------------------------------------------------------
This example displays the default QAM partition information for input routes used by the QAM partition:
Router# show cable qam-partition default route
Slot LBG Destination Low High Reserved Bandwidth Ingress Numbe
Id Id IP UDP UDP Bandwdith In-Use Port Sessi
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 1 30.0.3.10 1 49260 1000000 3300 0 2
3 2 1.21.1.2 1 49260 1000000 0 0 0
3 2 40.0.1.10 1 65535 1000000 3300 0 2
7 1 192.168.11.2 1 65535 112500 0 0 0
Table 3-26 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 3-26 show cable qam-partition default route Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
QAM Partition
|
Default QAM partition ID.
|
Total Routes
|
Routes used by the QAM partition.
|
Slot ID
|
Slot on the line card.
|
LBG ID
|
Load balancing group ID.
|
Low UDP
|
Low UDP value.
|
High UDP
|
Hig UDP value.
|
Reserved Bandwidth
|
Total bandwidth value.
|
Bandwidth In-Use
|
Used bandwidth value.
|
Ingress Port
|
Ingress port used by the QAM partition.
|
Number of Sessions
|
Total number of video sessions on the QAM partition.
|
This example displays the default QAM partition information for video sessions used by the QAM partition:
Router# show cable qam-partition default sessions
Slot Carrier QAM Session Session
----------------------------------------------------------------
3 65 3/3.1 205586432 VIDEO
3 65 3/3.1 205586433 VIDEO
3 66 3/3.2 205651971 VIDEO
3 66 3/3.2 205651972 VIDEO
This example displays the default QAM partition information for ERMI protocol used by the QAM partition:
Router# show cable qam-partition protocol ermi
Management IP address: 10.78.179.167
Keepalive Timeout Period : 5 seconds
ERRP Hold Time : 90 Seconds
ERRP Connect Time : 10 Seconds
ERRP Keepalive Time : 0 Seconds
RTSP Connect Time : 200 Seconds
RTSP Keepalive Time : 10 Seconds
RTSP Session Timeout : 10800 Seconds
--------------------------------
10.78.179.170 disconnected
Table 3-27 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 3-27 show cable qam-partition protocol ermi Field Descriptions
Field
|
Descriptions
|
ERRP Hold Time
|
Hold time in seconds.
|
ERRP Connect Time
|
Connection time in seconds.
|
ERRP Connect Retry
|
Connection retry interval.
|
ERRP Keepalive Time
|
Keepalive time interval in seconds.
|
ERRP Keepalive Retry
|
Keepalive retry interval.
|
RTSP Connect Time
|
Connection time in seconds.
|
RTSP Connect Retry
|
Connection retry interval.
|
RTSP Keepalive Time
|
Keepalive time interval in seconds.
|
RTSP Keepalive Retry
|
Keepalive retry interval.
|
RTSP Session Timeout
|
Session timeout interval.
|
This example displays the default QAM partition information for GQI protocol used by the QAM partition:
Router# show cable qam-partition protocol gqi
Management IP address: 10.78.179.185
Keepalive Timeout Period : 5 seconds
SDV Bindings Service : Not Available
MAC Address : 30e4.db04.8dc1
Reset Timeout Period : 5 seconds
--------------------------------
QAM Carrier Logical External
Interface ID QAM ID Channel ID
-----------------------------------------------------------------
This example displays the default QAM partition information for all QAM partitions:
Router# show cable qam-partition all
Management IP address: 10.78.179.167
Keepalive Timeout Period : 5 seconds
ERRP Hold Time : 90 Seconds
ERRP Connect Time : 10 Seconds
ERRP Keepalive Time : 0 Seconds
RTSP Connect Time : 200 Seconds
RTSP Keepalive Time : 10 Seconds
RTSP Session Timeout : 10800 Seconds
--------------------------------
10.78.179.170 disconnected
Slot LBG Destination Low High Reserved Bandwidth Ingress Numb
Id Id IP UDP UDP Bandwdith In-Use Port Sess
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 1 1.1.1.1 1 65535 21 0 0 0
Management IP address: 10.78.179.185
Keepalive Timeout Period : 5 seconds
SDV Bindings Service : Not Available
MAC Address : 30e4.db04.8dc1
Reset Timeout Period : 5 seconds
--------------------------------
QAM Carrier Logical External
Interface ID QAM ID Channel ID
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Management IP address: 10.78.179.187
Keepalive Timeout Period : 5 seconds
SDV Bindings Service : Not Available
MAC Address : 30e4.db04.8dc0
Reset Timeout Period : 5 seconds
--------------------------------
10.78.179.150 disconnected
QAM Carrier Logical External
Interface ID QAM ID Channel ID
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Slot LBG Destination Low High Reserved Bandwidth Ingress Numb
Id Id IP UDP UDP Bandwdith In-Use Port Sess
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 1 0.0.0.0 0 0 34 0 20 0
3 1 10.1.1.1 1 65535 21 0 10 0
3 1 30.0.3.10 49261 65535 1000000 0 1 0
Management IP address: 10.78.179.184
Keepalive Timeout Period : 5 seconds
SDV Bindings Service : Not Available
MAC Address : 30e4.db04.8dc2
Reset Timeout Period : 5 seconds
--------------------------------
10.78.179.150 disconnected
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable partition
|
Associates the QAM partition to the QAM interface.
|
cable qam-partition
|
Creates a QAM partition for the video server on the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card.
|
show cable qam-replication-group
To display the QAM Replication Group (QRG) information on the line card, use the show cable qam-replication-group command in privileged EXEC mode.
show cable qam-replication-group {qam-replication-group-id | all | slot slot-id}
Syntax Description
qam-replication-group-id
|
Specifies the QRG group ID. The valid range is from 1 to 3840.
|
all
|
Displays all QRGs configured on the line card.
|
slot slot-id
|
Specifies a slot on the line card.
|
Command Default
This command is enabled by default.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC (#)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ
|
This command was introduced.
|
Examples
The following example displays QRG information for group ID 3 on the line card:
Router# show cable qam-replication-group 10
QRG Pilot Qam Replicate Qams
---------------------------------------------------
10 3/1.2 3/6.2, 3/8.2, 3/7.2
The following example displays QRG information for slot 8:
Router# show cable qam-replication-group slot 8
QRG Pilot Qam Replicate Qams
-------------------------------------------------
The following example displays QRG information for all line cards:
Router# show cable qam-replication-group all
QRG Pilot Qam Replicate Qams
-------------------------------------------------------
1 3/1.1 3/6.1, 3/7.1, 3/8.1
10 3/1.2 3/6.2, 3/8.2, 3/7.2
11 3/1.3 3/6.3, 3/7.3, 3/8.3
Table 3-25describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 3-28 show cable qam-replication-group Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
QRG
|
QAM replication group number.
|
Pilot Qam
|
Pilot Qam information.
|
Replicate Qams
|
Replicate Qam information.
|
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable qam-replication-group
|
Configures QAM Replication Group.
|
show cable rf-profile
To display RF profiles created on the Cisco RFGW-10, use the show cable rf-profile command in privileged EXEC mode.
show cable rf-profile [all | profile-id]
Syntax Description
all
|
Displays information of all the RF profiles on the Cisco RFGW-10.
|
profile-id
|
RF profile ID applied to the QAM channel on the line card.
|
Command Default
Information on configured RF profiles are displayed.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC (#)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.2.0SQ
|
This command was introduced.
|
Usage Guidelines
Use the show cable rf-profile command to view the mapping of the RF profiles with the QAM channels.
Examples
The following example displays the RF profiles configured on the Cisco RFGW-10:
Router# show cable rf-profile
RF Profile ID default-rf-profile is configured
interleaver-depth options: I32-J4, I32-J4
RF Profile ID line 1 is configured
interleaver-depth options: I12-J17, I12-J17
RF Profile ID line 10 is configured
interleaver-depth options: I12-J17, I12-J17
Table 3-11 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 3-29 show cable rf-profile Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
RF Profile ID
|
Indicates the RF profile ID.
|
annex
|
Indicates the annex for the RF downstream channel.
|
modulation
|
Indicates the modulation level of the QAM.
|
Interleaver-depth options
|
Indicates the frequency interleaver depth on the QAM.
|
srate
|
Indicates the symbol rate configured on the QAM.
|
remote
|
Indicates the RF profile is remote.
|
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable downstream rf-profile
|
Configures the RF profiles on the Cisco RFGW-10.
|
show cable service group
To display the service group information, use the show cable service-group command in privileged EXEC mode.
show cable service-group {brief | detail} {all | name}
Syntax Description
brief
|
Displays summarized information about the service group.
|
detail
|
Displays detailed information about the service group.
|
all
|
Displays information about the all service group configured on the Cisco RFGW-10.
|
name
|
Displays information about the a particular service group.
|
Command Default
This command has no default behavior or defaults.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC (#)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ
|
This command was introduced.
|
Examples
The following example shows a summary of all the cable service groups configured on the Cisco RFGW-10:
Router# show cable service-group brief all
Service Group : servicegroup1
---------------------------------------------
Service Group : servicegroup2
---------------------------------------------
Total Qam Service Groups: 2
The following example shows output of the show cable service-group brief name command:
Router# show cable service-group brief name servicegroup1
QAM Service Group : servicegroup1
-----------------------------------------------
The following example shows output of the show cable service-group detail name command:
Router# show cable service-group detail name servicegroup1
Service Group : servicegroup1
Slot Carrier ID Qam Group
---- ---------- ---------
Slot Carrier ID Qam Group
---- ---------- ---------
The following example shows output of the show cable service-group detail all command:
Router# show cable service-group detail all
Service Group : servicegroup1
Slot Carrier ID Qam Group
---- ---------- ---------
Slot Carrier ID Qam Group
---- ---------- ---------
Service Group : servicegroup2
Slot Carrier ID Qam Group
---- ---------- ---------
Slot Carrier ID Qam Group
---- ---------- ---------
Table 3-30 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 3-30 show cable service-group Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
Carrier ID
|
Carrier identifier.
|
Service Group
|
Service group name.
|
QAM group
|
QAM group name.
|
QAM carriers
|
QAM carriers associated to QAM group.
|
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable service-group
|
Configures a cable service group on the Cisco RFGW-10.
|
qam-group
|
Configures the QAM group in a cable service group.
|
show cable video gqi
To display all the GQI video sessions information, use the show cable video gqi command in privileged EXEC mode.
show cable video gqi {connection | sessions | statistics} {all | qam-partition partition-id }
Syntax Description
qam-partition partition-id
|
QAM partition ID. The valid range is from 1 to 50.
|
all
|
Information for all QAM partitions configured on the line card.
|
connection
|
Connection information for the QAM partition.
|
sessions
|
Session information for the QAM partition.
|
statistics
|
Statistics information for the QAM partition.
|
Command Default
This command has no default behavior or defaults.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC (#)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ
|
This command was introduced.
|
Examples
The following example shows all the GQI connection information on the line card:
Router# show cable video gqi connections all
Management Server Protocol QP Connection RPC Resp Event Reset
Encryption
IP IP Type ID State Version Pending Pending Indication
Discovery
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------
10.78.179.185 10.78.179.170 GQI 2 Connected 2 0 0 Acked
-
10.78.179.187 10.78.179.150 GQI 3 Disconnect 0 0 0 -
-
10.78.179.184 10.78.179.150 GQI 4 Disconnect 0 0 0 -
-
Table 3-30 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 3-31 show cable video gqi connections Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
Management IP
|
Management IP address.
|
Server IP
|
GQI server IP address.
|
Protocol Type
|
Protocol on QAM partition.
|
Connection State
|
State of connection.
|
RPC Version
|
GQI Remote Procedure Call interface version.
|
Resp Pending
|
Number of responses that could not be sent to the requestor (USRM or DNCS).
|
Event Pending
|
Number of announcement events pending in the system waiting to be sent to the ERM (DNCS or USRM).
|
Reset indication
|
Indicates whether an acknowledgement has been received from the peer after the reset indication message is sent to the peer.
|
Encryption Discovery
|
Asynchronous message sent to USRM to inform type of encryption currently supported in Cisco RFGW-10.
|
The following example shows the GQI session information for all QAM partitions on the line card:
Router# show cable video gqi sessions all
QP GQI SCM Session Encryption Current
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 03 201785344 VOD None Clear Mode
3 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 08 201457668 VOD PowerKey Encrypted
2 D0 67 E5 F3 6E E7 00 5D 32 95 203489281 SDV None Clear Mode
Total Sessions for All QAM Partitions: 3
The following example shows how to create an encrypted session with no CA blob and verify that the session is created, but the gqi state is set to 'Waiting CA':
Router# show cable video gqi sessions all
QP GQI SCM Session Encryption Current
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 01 201457664 SDV PowerKey Waiting CA
The following example shows how to create a session with override and verify that the session is updated and session is active:
Router# show cable video session a
Slot:11 Lic-Enforcement module sent Simultaneous PKEY_N_DVB encryption to GQIll
Session QAM Stream Sess IP UDP Out Input Input Output PSI
Ctrl
ID Port Type Type Address Port Pgm Bitrate State State Rdy
State
---------- ------- ------ ---- ---------------- ----- ----- -------- ------ ------ --- --
201457664 3/1.2 Remap SSM - - 1 2500320 ACTIVE OFF NO -
Router# show cable video gqi sessions all
QP GQI SCM Session Encryption Current
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 01 201457664 SDV PowerKey Encrypted
The following example shows the GQI session information on QAM partition ID 3 of the line card:
Router# show cable video gqi sessions qam-partition 3
QP GQI SCM Session Encryption Current
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 03 201785344 VOD None Clear Mode
3 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 08 201457668 VOD PowerKey Encrypted
Total Sessions for QAM Partition 3: 2
Table 3-32 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 3-32 show cable video gqi sessions Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
QP ID
|
QAM partition ID.
|
GQI ID
|
GQI session ID.
|
SCM ID
|
Session control manager ID.
|
Session Type
|
Type of session.
|
Encryption Type
|
Encryption type used.
|
Current State
|
Current state of session.
|
Total Sessions
|
Total number of sessions.
|
The following example shows the GQI statistics on QAM partition 3 on the line card:
Router# show cable video gqi statistic qam 3
Qam Partition 3 Statistics:
Create Delete Create Delete Insert Cancel Switch Bind
Unbind Reset Encryption Event
Shell Shell Session Session Packet Packet Source
Session Session Indication Discovery Notification
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Success: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
Error: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
Total: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable qam-partition
|
Creates a QAM partition for video server on the Cisco RFGW-10 DS-384 line card.
|
protocol
|
Sets the control plane protocol of the QAM partition.
|
show cable video label
To display the active video labels, use the show cable video label command in privileged EXEC mode.
show cable video label [label]
Syntax Description
label
|
(Optional) Specifies the label name given to the video label.
|
Command Default
This command has no default behavior or values.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC (#)
Usage Guidelines
The command displays all the labels configured on the chassis.
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
12.2(50)SQ1
|
The output of the command is modified to display the filtered PIDs for pass-through video sessions.
|
Examples
The following example shows the video labels configured on the Cisco RFGW-10:
Router#show cable video label
SRC ADDR DST ADDR BITRATE JITTER
--------------- --------------- --------- ------
162.0.0.10 232.3.1.1 3750000 200
Label Output Streams: [2]
SRC ADDR DST ADDR BITRATE JITTER
--------------- --------------- --------- ------
162.0.0.10 232.3.1.2 15000000 200
Label Output Streams: [2]
The following example shows the PIDs filtered when filtering is configured for pass-through video sessions:
Router#show cable video label
SRC ADDR DST ADDR BITRATE JITTER
--------------- --------------- --------- ------
111.17.1.101 232.2.1.0 25000000 200
SRC ADDR DST ADDR BITRATE JITTER
--------------- --------------- --------- ------
111.17.1.102 232.2.1.0 25000000 200
SRC ADDR DST ADDR BITRATE JITTER
--------------- --------------- --------- ------
111.17.1.103 232.2.1.0 25000000 200
00000101 00000102 00000103 00000104 00000105 00000106 00000107 00000108
00000109 00000110 00000111 00000112 00000113 00000114 00000115 00000116
00000117 00000118 00000119 00000120 00000200 00000201 00000202 00000203
Label Output Streams: [1]
Table 3-33 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 3-33 show cable video label Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
Multicast Label
|
Name of the label.
|
Label Type
|
Whether it is an ASM label or an SSM label.
|
Label Sources
|
Source of the label.
|
SRC ADD
|
Source IP address.
|
DST ADDR
|
Destination IP address.
|
BITRATE
|
Amount of bandwidth allotted.
|
JITTER
|
Amount of Jitter allotted.
|
Filtered PIDs
|
Lists the PIDs that are dropped when PID filtering is configured for pass-through video sessions.
|
Current Active Src
|
Name of the active source.
|
Label Output Stream
|
Name of the output stream label.
|
QAM
|
QAM interface.
|
Program ID
|
Program Identifier (PID).
|
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
asm
|
Configures ASM video session definition.
|
cable video labels
|
Enters the cable video label configuration.
|
cable video multicast
|
Configures video multicast sessions on the QAM interface.
|
ssm
|
Configures SSM video session definition.
|
show cable video multicast uplink
To display the multicast uplink interfaces, use the show cable video multicast uplink command in privileged EXEC mode.
show cable video multicast uplink [GigabitEthernet | TenGigabitEthernet interface/port]
Syntax Description
GigabitEthernet
|
Indicates the Gigabit Ethernet interface. Valid port range is 3 through 6, 13 and 14.
|
TenGigabitEthernet
|
Indicates the 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface. Valid slots are 1 and 2.
|
interface/port
|
Specifies the interface slot and port.
|
Command Default
This command has no defalut behavior or values.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC (#)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Examples
The following example shows all uplink interfaces configured on the Cisco RFGW-10:
Router#show cable video multicast uplink
Uplink Interface Status Allocated Maximum Allocated Backup Interface
Streams Bandwidth Bandwidth
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TenGigabitEthernet1/1 UP 240 10000000 30240
Table 3-34 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 3-34 show cable video multicast uplink Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
Uplink Interface Backup Activated
|
Displays the status of the Uplink interface such as activated or deactivated.
|
Status
|
Displays the status of the interface such as up or down..
|
Allotted Streams
|
Specifies the number of allotted streams.
|
Maximum Bandwidth
|
Specifies the maximum amount of bandwidth for the specified interface
|
Allocated Bandwidth
|
Specifies the bandwidth allocated for that interface.
|
Backup Interface
|
Dispays the name of the backup interface.
|
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable video multicast uplink
|
Configures an uplink port for multicast traffic.
|
ip multicast-routing
|
Enables multicast routing on the Cisco RFGW-10.
|
show cable video packet
To display the video insertion packet information, use the show cable video packet command in privileged EXEC mode.
show cable video packet {qam | qam-red slot/port.channel [stream stream-id] | all | slot slot}
Syntax Description
qam
|
Specifies the QAM interface on the Cisco RFGW-10.
|
qam-red
|
Specifies the QAM interface when line card redundancy is configured on the Cisco RFGW-10.
|
slot
|
Specifies the slot on the QAM interface. Valid range is from 3 to 12.
|
port
|
Specifies the port on the interface. Valid range is from 1 to12.
|
channel
|
(Optional) Specifies the channel on the port. Valid range is from 1 to 4.
|
stream
|
(Optional) Specifies packet stream insertion information.
|
stream-id
|
(Optional) Specifies the packet stream identifier. Valid range is from 1 to 4294967295.
|
all
|
Displays a summary of the packet insertion on the chassis.
|
slot
|
Displays packet insertion for a slot.
|
Command Default
This command has no default behavior or values.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC (#)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Examples
The following example shows the video packets on a QAM interface 3:
Router#show cable video packet qam-red 3/1.1
Packet Times Actual Insert Num Pkts
Stream ID Interface Version Repeat Repeated Rate (bps) Inserted State
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Qam3/1.1 1 Continuos 14460 1000 1 ON
Table 3-35 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 3-35 show cable video packet Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
Packet Stream ID
|
Packet stream identifiers of the video packets.
|
Interface
|
QAM channel or QAM subinterface.
|
Version
|
Version of video packets.
|
Times Repeat
|
Packets repetition state such as continuos.
|
Actual Repeated
|
The number of times the packets are repeated.
|
Insert rate
|
Rate at which packets are inserted.
|
Num pkts inserted
|
Number of packets inserted.
|
State
|
Displays the status of the packets whether on or off.
|
show cable video route
To display video route information, use the show cable video route command in privileged EXEC mode.
show cable video route {multicast | unicast} {all | slot slot }
Syntax Description
multicast
|
Displays information for multicast routes.
|
unicast
|
Displays information for unicast routes.
|
all
|
Displays information on all routes on the chassis.
|
slot
|
Displays information of a slot on the line card.
|
slot
|
Specifies the slot on the line card. Valid range is from 3 to 12.
|
Command Default
This command has no default behavior or values.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC (#)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ
|
This command was integrated into Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ. The qam-domain is not supported. The unicast keyword is removed. Use show cable linecard load-balancing group command to view unicast video sessions
|
Examples
The following example displays all the multicast routes configured on the chassis:
Router#show cable video route multicast all
Source Group rx-interface tx-qamblock Sessions
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
162.0.0.10 232.3.1.1 TenGigabitEthernet1/1 qam 10/1-6 1
162.0.0.10 232.3.1.2 TenGigabitEthernet1/1 qam 10/1-6 1
162.0.0.10 232.3.1.3 TenGigabitEthernet1/1 qam 10/1-6 1
162.0.0.10 232.3.1.4 TenGigabitEthernet1/1 qam 10/1-6 1
162.0.0.10 232.3.1.5 TenGigabitEthernet1/1 qam 10/1-6 1
Table 3-36 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 3-36 show cable video route Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
Source
|
Source IP address.
|
Group
|
Group IP address.
|
rx-interface
|
Multicast interfaces.
|
tx-qamblock
|
QAM block on a slot.
|
Sessions
|
Number of sessions.
|
Route Type
|
Type of route configured.
|
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
video route
|
Configures the video route on the line card.
|
show cable video server-group
To display information on a video server group, use the show cable video server-group command in privileged EXEC mode.
show cable video server-group {all | mapping | name group_name}
Syntax Description
all
|
Displays all the server groups configured on a line card.
|
mapping
|
Displays external and internal session mapping.
|
name
|
Displays the information of a server group.
|
group_name
|
Specifies a server group.
|
Command Default
This command has no default values or behavior.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC (#)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Usage Guidelines
This command is used to view all the server groups configured on a line card.
Examples
The following example displays information on all server groups configured on the line card:
Router#show cable video server-group all
Timeout Period : 5 seconds
Server[0] : 172.22.23.161
Management IP : 172.22.22.181 Port : 844 Mac Id : 0017.94fe.a9c0
Server State Indication Requests
---------------------------------------------------------------------
172.22.23.161 Connected In-progress 0
Timeout Period : 5 seconds
Management IP : 56.1.1.101 Port : 0 Mac Id : 001a.a2ff.0d03
QAM Interfaces : 5/1.1-5/6.4
Table 3-37 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 3-37 show cable video server-group Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
Server-Group
|
Specifies the name of the server group.
|
State
|
Indicates whether the group is active or non-active.
|
Protocol
|
Indicates the protocol configured on the server group.
|
Timeout Period
|
Indicates the time period for a time out.
|
Number of Retry
|
Indicates the number of retries.
|
Server
|
Indicates the IP address of the external server. IP address must be configured for the GQI protocol.
|
Management IP
|
IP address of the manaagement port of the server configured on the server group.
|
Port
|
Specifies the port number.
|
Mac Id
|
Specifies the MAC address of the server.
|
QAM Interfaces
|
Specifies the QAM interfaces.
|
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable video servers
|
Configures external control server groups on the line card.
|
show cable video session
To display the video session information, use the show cable video session command in privileged EXEC mode.
show cable video session [{Qam qam-interface-number | Qam-red qam-interface-number | all}
[brief [filter] | summary]] | id session-id-number [in | out] [psi | stats] | local {Qam
qam-interface-number | Qam-red qam-interface-number | all | slot slot} | remote {Qam
qam-interface-number | Qam-red qam-interface-number | all | ermi | gqi | slot slot} | slot [brief
[filter] | count | summary]
Syntax Description
Qam
|
Displays information on video session configured on a QAM interface.
|
Qam-red
|
Displays the video session configured on a QAM interface with line card redundancy.
|
qam_interface_number
|
Indicates the interface number of the QAM.
• slot: Specifies the slot of the QAM interface. Valid range is from 3 to 12.
• port: Specifies the port on the slot. Valid range is from 1 to 12.
• channel: Specifies the channel on the QAM. Valid range is from 1 to 4
|
all
|
Displays information of all video sessions configured on the chassis.
|
summary
|
(Optional) Displays a summary of all the video sessions configured on the chassis.
|
brief
|
(Optional) Displays brief video information.
|
filter
|
(Optional) Filters the information using the following criteria:
• active—Shows the active sessions present.
• asm—Shows the ASM video sessions.
• blocked—Shows blocked video sessions.
• data—Shows sessions with the data-piping processing type.
• idle—Shows idle sessions.
• off—Shows off sessions.
• passthru—Shows sessions with the pass-through processing type.
• psi—Shows packet stream identifiers of video sessions.
• remap—Shows remapped video streams.
• shell—shows video sessions in shell.
• ssm—Shows SSM video sessions.
• udp—Shows the UDP port.
|
id
|
Displays video session information for a session ID.
|
session-id-number
|
Specifies the ID of a particular session. Valid session IDs are 1 and 2.
|
in
|
(Optional) Displays input session information.
|
out
|
(Optional) Displays output session information.
|
psi
|
(Optional) Displays detailed Program Specific Information (PSI) video session information with program table.
|
stats
|
(Optional) Displays detailed video session
.
|
slot
|
Displays video sessions information for a slot.
|
slot
|
Specifies the slot on the QAM interface. Valid slot number range is from 3 to 12.
|
ermi
|
Displays video session information for ERMI sessions.
|
gqi
|
Displays video session information for GQI sessions.
|
count
|
(Optional) Displays the session count for all QAM channels on the line card interface.
|
local
|
Displays local video sessions.
|
remote
|
Displays remote video sessions.
|
Command Default
This command has no default behavior or values.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC (#)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
12.2(50)SQ2
|
This command was modified. The count keyword was added.
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ
|
This command was integrated into Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ. qam-domain is not supported. The local and remote keywords are added.
|
Examples
The following example shows the video sessions configured on 3/1.1 QAM interface:
Router# show cable video session qam 3/1.1
Session QAM Stream Sess UDP Out Input Input Output PSI Ctrl
ID Port Type Type Port Pgm Bitrate State State Rdy State
---------- ------- ------ ---- ----- ----- -------- ------ ------ --- -----
1 3/1.1 Remap UDP 500 10 0 OFF ON NO -
2 3/1.1 Remap UDP 50000 20 0 OFF ON NO -
3 3/1.1 Remap UDP 7000 30 0 OFF ON NO -
The following example shows the video sessions configured on the chassis:
Router# show cable video session all
Session QAM Stream Sess IP UDP Out Input Input Outp
ID Port Type Type Address Port Pgm Bitrate State Stat
---------- ------- ------ ---- ---------------- ----- ----- -------- ------ ----
201392176 3/3.1 Remap UDP 192.168.11.254 49152 1 2652807 ACTIVE ON
201392177 3/3.1 Remap UDP 192.168.11.254 49153 2 2652777 ACTIVE ON
201392178 3/3.1 Remap UDP 192.168.11.254 49154 3 2652761 ACTIVE ON
201392179 3/3.1 Remap UDP 192.168.11.254 49155 4 2652756 ACTIVE ON
201392180 3/3.1 Remap UDP 192.168.11.254 49156 5 2650350 ACTIVE ON
201457717 3/3.2 Remap UDP 192.168.11.254 49158 7 2650349 ACTIVE ON
201457718 3/3.2 Remap UDP 192.168.11.254 49159 8 2650291 ACTIVE ON
201457719 3/3.2 Remap UDP 192.168.11.254 49160 9 2648961 ACTIVE ON
201457720 3/3.2 Remap UDP 192.168.11.254 49161 10 2648889 ACTIVE ON
The following example shows the detailed summary of video sessions configured on the chassis:
Router#show cable video session all summary
Video Session Summary for Chassis:
Active : 0 Init : 0 Idle : 0
Off : 3 Blocked : 0 PSI-Ready : 0
Remap : 3 Data : 0 Passthru : 0
Total Measured Bitrate : 0 bps
The following example shows information about video sessions configured on the chassis:
Router# show cable video session all brief
Session QAM Stream Sess UDP Out Input Input Output PSI Ctrl
ID Port Type Type Port Pgm Bitrate State State Rdy State
---------- ------- ------ ---- ----- ----- -------- ------ ------ --- -----
1 3/1.1 Remap UDP 500 10 0 OFF ON NO -
2 3/1.1 Remap UDP 50000 20 0 OFF ON NO -
3 3/1.1 Remap UDP 7000 30 0 OFF ON NO -
Table 3-38 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 3-38 show cable video session all Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
Session ID
|
Represents the internal ID allocated by the chassis to the output stream of the input session.
|
QAM Port
|
Indicates the QAM interface or QAM subinterface.
|
Stream Type
|
Indicates the transport stream.
|
IP address
|
Session IP address
|
Session Type
|
Indicates the video session type.
|
UDP Port
|
Indicates the UDP port.
|
Output Program
|
Indicates the Single ProgramTransport Stream (SPTS) or Multiple ProgramTransport Stream (MPTS) program number.
|
Input Bitrate
|
Indicates the actual bitrate measured on the input.
|
Input State
|
Indicates the state on the input.
|
Output State
|
Indicates the stare on the output.
|
PSI Rdy
|
Indicates the PSI ready state.
|
Ctrl State
|
Indicates the controller state.
|
The following example shows the detailed video session configuration on the line card:
Router# show cable video session id 201392130
Uptime [SUP] : 04:41:10 AM
Data State : ACTIVE, PSI,
Config Bitrate : 3000000 bps
Destination IP : 30.0.3.10
Init Timeout : 1000 msecs
Ver 2, TSID 1, len 16, section 0/0
Ver 2, program 1, pcr pid 17, len 32
Type 129, PID 20, len 6 (desc 10, len 4)
Elapsed time [LC]: 0 days 17 hours 48 min 52 secs
IP Packets: In: 17879939, Drop: 0
TP Packets: In: 125159573, PCR: 1782371, Non-PCR: 117297535, PSI: 264196, NU
: 5682013, Filtered: 0, Unreferenced: 133458
Sync-Loss: 0, Dis-continous: 0, CC Errors: 18, PCR Jump: 826, Id
Measured Bitrate 2998635 (0 min 3159570 max) bps, stay 169 ms, jitter 34 ms
PCR Bitrate 3000092 (600014 min 0 max) bps, stay 169 ms, jitter 34 ms
Idle Count: 0, Total Idle Time: 0 sec
Output Session: 201392130:
Output PSI Info (Carrier ID 1):
PAT Info for Pgm Num 3111:
Ver 1, TSID 311, len 16, section 0/0
PMT Info for Pgm Num 3111:
Ver 0, program 3111, pcr pid 353, len 32
Type 129, PID 354, len 6 (desc 10, len 4)
Elapsed time [LC]: 0 days 17 hours 48 min 53 secs
TP Packets: PCR: 4, Non-PCR: 215, PSI: 2, New PAT: 1, New PMT: 1
Drop: 0, Info-Err: 0, Inv-Rate: 0, Output Adjust: 0
Overruns: 0, Overdue Drop 0, Under-Flow: 0, Over-Flow: 0
The following example shows the cable video session information for session ID 2:
Router# show cable video session id 2 in psi
Session PAT: Ver 0, TSID 1, len 16, section 0/0
Session PMT: Ver 0, program 1, pcr pid 481, len 43
Type 3, PID 482, len 6 (desc 10, len 4)
Type 129, PID 483, len 6 (desc 10, len 4)
The following example shows detailed video session statistics:
Router# show cable video session id 2 in stats
Elapsed time [LC]: 14142 days 22 hours 52 min 41 secs
IP Packets: In: 0, Drop: 0
TP Packets: In: 0, PCR: 0, Non-PCR: 0, PSI: 0, NULL: 0, Unreferenced: 0
Sync-Loss: 0, Dis-continous: 0, CC Errors: 0, PCR Jump: 0, Idle: 0
Measured Bitrate 0 (0 min 0 max) bps, stay 0 ms, jitter 0 ms
PCR Bitrate 0 (0 min 0 max) bps, stay 0 ms, jitter 0 ms
Idle Count: 0, Total Idle Time: 0 sec
The following example shows the session count on all QAMs on the line card in slot 9:
Router# show cable video session slot 9 count
x------------------x-----------
Table 3-39 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 3-39 show cable video session id Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
Elapsed time
|
Indicates the session time elapsed in days, hours, minutes. and seconds.
|
IP packets
|
Indicates the number of IP packets used and dropped.
|
TP packets
|
Indicates the number of transport packets that are program clock referenced, known and unknown bitrates, unreferenced, discontinuous, and idle.
|
Measured Bitrate
|
Indicates the size of the video stream. Standard definition (SD) video programs have bitrates from 62.5 kbps to 15 Mbps, high definition (HD) video programs have bitrates from 6 to 20 Mbps, and music programs have bitrates of 128 to 384 kbps. 32 SD programs, or 4 HD programs per QAM channel.
|
PCR Bitrate
|
Indicates the known bitrate size of the video stream.
|
Idle count
|
Indicates the number of times the line card is idle. When the input session enters into the IDLE state, an update is sent to the Supervisor card.
|
QAM Port
|
Indicates the QAM channel on a linecard.
|
Sessions
|
Indicates the session count on a QAM channel.
|
The following example shows the video sessions configured on QAM domain 1:
Router# show cable video session qam-domain 1 brief remap
Session QAM Stream Sess UDP Out Input Input Output PSI Ctrl
ID Port Type Type Port Pgm Bitrate State State Rdy State
---------- ------- ------ ---- ----- ----- -------- ------ ------ --- -----
1 3/1.1 Remap UDP 500 10 0 OFF ON NO -
2 3/1.1 Remap UDP 50000 20 0 OFF ON NO -
3 3/1.1 Remap UDP 7000 30 0 OFF ON NO -
The following example displays the local sessions on the line card:
Router# show cable video session local all
Session QAM Stream Sess IP UDP Out Input Input Out
ID Port Type Type Address Port Pgm Bitrate State Sta
---------- ------- ------ ---- ---------------- ----- ----- -------- ------ ---
201392176 3/3.1 Remap UDP 192.168.11.254 49152 1 2643442 ACTIVE ON
201392177 3/3.1 Remap UDP 192.168.11.254 49153 2 2643398 ACTIVE ON
201392178 3/3.1 Remap UDP 192.168.11.254 49154 3 2643343 ACTIVE ON
201392179 3/3.1 Remap UDP 192.168.11.254 49155 4 2643320 ACTIVE ON
201392180 3/3.1 Remap UDP 192.168.11.254 49156 5 2643286 ACTIVE ON
201457717 3/3.2 Remap UDP 192.168.11.254 49158 7 2643265 ACTIVE ON
201457718 3/3.2 Remap UDP 192.168.11.254 49159 8 2643263 ACTIVE ON
201457719 3/3.2 Remap UDP 192.168.11.254 49160 9 2643254 ACTIVE ON
201457720 3/3.2 Remap UDP 192.168.11.254 49161 10 2642829 ACTIVE ON
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable qam-partition
|
Creates a QAM partition on the line card.
|
show cable video statistics packet
To display unicast and multicast video packets, use the show cable video statistics packet command in privileged EXEC mode.
show cable video statistics packet {all | slot slot-num} {brief | detail}
Syntax Description
all
|
Displays video unicast and multicast packets configured on the chassis.
|
slot
|
Displays video unicast and multicast packets for a specified slot.
|
slot-num
|
Specifies the slot on the chassis. Valid range is from 3 to 12.
|
brief
|
Displays the brief information of packets for a given slot.
|
detail
|
Displays detailed summary information of packets for a given slot.
|
Command Default
This command has no default behavior or values.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC (#)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ
|
This command was integrated into Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQ. The command output is modified to display the load balancing groups.
|
Examples
The following example shows the information of all packets on a chassis:
Router# show cable video statistics packet all brief
Slot LBG Multicast Multicast Unicast Mcast DS Unicast DS
Id Id Groups Sessions Sessions Packets Packets
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
The following example shows the detailed summary information of all packets on a chassis:
Router#show cable video statistics packet slot 3 detail
MCAST DS PACKETS: 48 UCAST DS PACKETS: 563833
CRC ALIGN ERROR: 0 DROPPED BAD PKTS: 0
COLLISIONS: 0 SYMBOL ERROR: 255
UNDERSIZE PKTS: 0 OVERSIZE PKTS: 0
FRAGMENTS PKTS: 0 JABBERS: 0
SINGLE COL: 0 MULTI COL: 0
LATE COL: 0 ACCESSIVE COL: 0
DEFERRED COL: 0 FALSE CARRIER: 0
CARRIER SENSE: 0 SEQUENCE ERROR: 255
MCAST DS PACKETS: 48 UCAST DS PACKETS: 0
CRC ALIGN ERROR: 0 DROPPED BAD PKTS: 0
COLLISIONS: 0 SYMBOL ERROR: 255
UNDERSIZE PKTS: 0 OVERSIZE PKTS: 0
FRAGMENTS PKTS: 0 JABBERS: 0
SINGLE COL: 0 MULTI COL: 0
LATE COL: 0 ACCESSIVE COL: 0
DEFERRED COL: 0 FALSE CARRIER: 0
CARRIER SENSE: 0 SEQUENCE ERROR: 255
Table 3-40 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 3-40 show cable video statistics packet Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
Qam Range
|
QAM domains configured on the chassis.
|
LBG ID
|
Load balancing group ID.
|
Multicast Groups
|
Multicast groups configured.
|
Multicast Sessions
|
Number of video multicast sessions.
|
Unicast Sessions
|
Number of video unicast sessions.
|
Mcast DS Packets
|
Multicast downstream packets.
|
Unicast DS Packets
|
Unicast downstream packets.
|
CRC ALIGN ERROR
|
Number of packets with a CRC align errors.
|
DROPPED BAD PKTS
|
Number of bad packets that were dropped.
|
COLLISIONS
|
Number of packet collisions.
|
SYMBOL ERROR
|
Number of symbol errors.
|
UNDERSIZE PKTS
|
Number of undersized packets.
|
OVERIZE PKTS
|
Number of oversized packets
|
FRAGMENTS PKTS
|
Number of fragmented packets.
|
JABBERS
|
Number of jabber errors.
|
DEFFERED COL
|
Number of times the interface has tried to send a frame, but found the carrier busy at the first attempt.
|
FALSE CARRIER
|
False carrier counter. It is incremented when a false error is detected in the register.
|
CARRIER SENSE
|
Indicates the signal.
|
SEQUENCE ERROR
|
Frame check sequence error.
|
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable video group
|
Creates a group of video sessions.
|
cable video multicast
|
Configures multicast sessions on a QAM interface.
|
show controllers linecard
To display information about used bandwidth and total bandwidth on all QAMs on a line card interface, use the show controllers linecard command in user EXEC or privileged EXEC mode.
show controllers linecard number bandwidth
Syntax Description
linecard
|
Specifies the slot location of the line card. The valid range is from 3 to 12.
|
bandwidth
|
Displays the used bandwidth and total bandwidth on all QAMs on a line card interface.
|
Command Default
This command has no default behavior or values.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC (#)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(50)SQ2
|
This command was introduced.
|
Examples
The following is sample output for the show controllers linecard command for a line card in slot 3:
Router#show controllers linecard 3 bandwidth
QAM Port Bandwidth Used(bps) Bandwidth Total(bps)
x----------------x--------------------x-------------------------
Table 3-41 describes the fields shown in the show controllers linecard command display.
Table 3-41 show controllers linecard Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
QAM Port
|
QAM channel on the line card.
|
Bandwidth Used (bps)
|
Amount of bandwidth used by the QAM interface.
|
Bandwidth Total (bps)
|
Amount of bandwidth alloted to the QAM interface.
|
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
show running-config interface qam
|
Displays the running configuration of the QAM interface.
|
show controllers qam
To display information about downstream configuration on a line card, use the show controllers qam command in privileged EXEC mode.
show controllers qam | qam-red slot/port.channel downstream
Syntax Description
slot
|
Specifies the line card in the QAM interface. Line card redundancy configured interfaces appear as QAM -red. Valid range is from 3 to 12.
|
port
|
Specifies the QAM RF port number in the line card.Valid range is from 1 to 12.
|
channel
|
Specifies the QAM channel in the port of the line card. Valid range is from 1 to 4.
|
downstream
|
Specifies the configuration of the QAM interface.
|
Command Default
This command has no default behavior or values.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC (#)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Usage Guidelines
This command displays the downstream information for a QAM interface. If line card redundancy (LCRED) is configured on the QAM interface, the interface is denoted by qam-red.
Examples
The following example shows the downstream configuration on a redundancy line card:
Router#show controllers qam 3/1.1 downstream
Qam3/1.1 Downstream is up
Annex B, Stacking set to 4
Frequency: 279000000 Hz, Power: 50.0 dBmV
Modulation: 256QAM, TSID: 0, QAM IDB_State: UP
Bandwidth Reserved for Video: 0 bps
Bandwidth Used: 8223776 bps
Bandwidth Total: 38810000 bps
Transport Mode: QAM_MODE_MPT Qam Owner: LOCAL
Interleave Level: 2, FEC I: 32 FEC J: 4
Table 3-42 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 3-42 show controllers qam Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
Downstream
|
Indicates whether the interface hardware is currently active or disabled by the administrator.
|
Annex
|
Indicates the annex for the RF downstream channel.
|
Stacking
|
Indicates the stacking level set on the QAM interface.
|
Modulation
|
Indicates the modulation level of the QAM.
|
TSID
|
Indicates the TSID value set on the QAM.
|
QAM_IDB_State
|
Indicates the state of the QAM interface.
|
Bandwidth Reserved for video
|
Amount of bandwidth alloted for video.
|
Bandwidth Used
|
Amount of bandwidth used by the QAM interface.
|
Bandwidth Total
|
Amount of bandwidth alloted to the QAM interface.
|
Transport Mode
|
Indicates the mode on the QAM.
|
Interleave Level
|
Indicates the frequency interleave level on the QAM.
|
FEC
|
Length of the forward error correction in bytes. The range is 0 to 10 bytes; a value of 0 implies no forward error correction.
|
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
show running-config interface qam
|
Displays the running configuration of the QAM interface.
|
show depi
To display Downstream External PHY Interface (DEPI) tunnel and session information, use the show depi command in privileged EXEC mode.
show depi
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC (#)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(50)SQ
|
This command was introduced.
|
Examples
The following example shows a sample output of the show depi command on a Cisco RF Gateway 10:
DEPI Tunnel and Session Information Total tunnels 3 sessions 12
LocTunID RemTunID Remote Name State Remote Address Sessn L2TP Class
555844637 4037701912 RFGW-10-1 est 11.30.14.100 4 test10
LocID RemID TunID Tsid State Last Chg Uniq ID Type
1252048235 1074332337 555844637 717, est 1w0d 16 P
1252049362 1074332330 555844637 711, est 1w0d 15 P
1252005266 1074332288 555844637 699, est 1w0d 13 P
1252000641 1074332316 555844637 705, est 1w0d 14 P
LocTunID RemTunID Remote Name State Remote Address Sessn L2TP Class
1486289361 1394811300 RFGW-10-1 est 12.30.14.100 4 test10
LocID RemID TunID Tsid State Last Chg Uniq ID Type
1252014460 1074332279 1486289361 549, est 1w0d 20 P
1252059306 1074332234 1486289361 531, est 1w0d 17 P
1252057709 1074332245 1486289361 537, est 1w0d 18 P
1252006708 1074332262 1486289361 543, est 1w0d 19 P
LocTunID RemTunID Remote Name State Remote Address Sessn L2TP Class
1688275168 1361251901 RFGW-10-1 est 24.30.14.100 4 test10
LocID RemID TunID Tsid State Last Chg Uniq ID Type
1252018493 1074332252 1688275168 537, est 1w0d 22 S
1252054974 1074332286 1688275168 549, est 1w0d 24 S
1252022230 1074332263 1688275168 543, est 1w0d 23 S
1252059782 1074332236 1688275168 531, est 1w0d 21 S
Table 3-43 describes the major fields shown in the show depi command display:
Table 3-43 show depi Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
LocTunID
|
Identifier of the local tunnel.
|
RemTunID
|
Identifier of the remote tunnel.
|
Remote Name
|
Name of the remote tunnel.
|
State
|
State of the tunnel.
|
Remote Address
|
IP address of the remote tunnel.
|
Session Count
|
Number of sessions.
|
LocID
|
Identifier of the session.
|
RemID
|
Identifier of the remote session.
|
TunID
|
Identifier of the tunnel.
|
State
|
State of the session.
|
Last Chg
|
Last state change timestamp.
|
Uniq ID
|
Unique identifier of the QAM channel.
|
Type
|
Primary or secondary session.
|
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
depi-tunnel
|
Creates a template of DEPI tunnel configuration settings that can be inherited by different pseudowire classes.
|
show depi session
|
Displays information about DEPI sessions.
|
show depi tunnel
|
Displays information about DEPI tunnels.
|
show depi session
To display information about Downstream External PHY Interface (DEPI) sessions, use the show depi session command in privileged EXEC mode.
show depi session [session-id verbose | configured | name session-name [verbose] | primary |
secondary | tsid ts-id]
Syntax Description
session-id
|
(Optional) Local session ID value. The allowed range is from 1 to 4294967295.
|
verbose
|
(Optional) Displays detailed DEPI tunnel or session information.
|
configured
|
(Optional) Displays all the DEPI sessions configured and their state. The states are IDLE and ACTIVE.
|
name session-name
|
(Optional) Specifies the name of the DEPI session.
|
primary
|
(Optional) Specifies the primary DEPI session.
|
secondary
|
(Optional) Specifies the backup DEPI session.
|
tsid ts-id
|
(Optional) Specifies the Transport Stream Identifier (TSID).
|
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC (#)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(50)SQ
|
This command was introduced.
|
12.2(50)SQ2
|
This command was modified. The following keywords were added to this command:
• configured
• name
• primary
• secondary
• tsid
|
Examples
The following example shows sample output of the show depi session command for all the established DEPI data sessions in Cisco IOS Release 12.2(50)SQ:
Router# show depi session
LocID RemID TunID Tsid State Last Chg Uniq ID Type
1074004031 1252011014 641420592 514 est 04:19:46 4 P
1074003980 1252043972 641420592 511 est 04:19:46 1 P
1074266112 1252009847 641420592 7711 est 04:19:46 5 P
1074266158 1252028749 641420592 7713 est 04:19:45 7 P
1074004011 1252053945 641420592 513 est 04:19:46 3 P
1074266138 1252065065 641420592 7712 est 04:19:46 6 P
1074003990 1252034268 641420592 512 est 04:19:46 2 P
1074266170 1252049135 641420592 7714 est 04:19:45 8 P
1074332283 1252057764 1102797124 549 est 04:19:46 16 S
1074332237 1252023871 1102797124 531 est 04:19:46 10 S
1074332269 1252060064 1102797124 543 est 04:19:46 14 S
1074332247 1252030448 1102797124 537 est 04:19:46 12 S
1074332254 1252061912 2073848961 537 est 04:19:47 11 P
1074332258 1252020223 2073848961 543 est 04:19:47 13 P
1074332275 1252030759 2073848961 549 est 04:19:47 15 P
The following is sample output of the show depi session command for a specific established DEPI data session identified by the session-id in Cisco IOS Release 12.2(50)SQ:
Router# show depi session 1074528558 verbose
Session id 1074528558 is up, tunnel id 3574340018
Remote session id is 1252003902, remote tunnel id 3815831337
Remotely initiated session
Interleaver Depth I=32 J=4
Call serial number is 2504300043
Remote tunnel name is romeo
Internet address is 1.30.54.1
Local tunnel name is RFGW-10-1
Internet address is 1.30.54.100
Session state is established, time since change 00:22:48
0 Packets sent, 0 received
Last clearing of counters never
Counters, ignoring last clear:
0 Packets sent, 0 received
DF bit on, ToS reflect enabled, ToS value 0, TTL value 255
UDP checksums are disabled
Session PMTU enabled, path MTU is 1518 bytes
No session cookie information available
FS cached header information:
45000014 00004000 FF730CD6 011E3664
011E3601 4AA0103E 00000000
Ns 0, Nr 0, 0 out of order packets received
Packets switched/dropped by secondary path: Tx 0, Rx 0
Peer Session ID : 1073808091
Peer Qam Type : Secondary
Conditional debugging is disabled
The following is sample output of the show depi session command for all the configured DEPI data sessions:
Router# show depi session configured
Session Name State Reason Time
Qam7/11.1:0 IDLE 0 00:00:00
Qam7/11.2:0 IDLE 0 00:00:00
Qam7/11.3:0 IDLE 0 00:00:00
Qam7/11.4:0 IDLE 0 00:00:00
Qam12/4.1:0 IDLE 0 00:00:00
The following is a sample output of the show depi session command that displays all primary data sessions on the Cisco RFGW-10:
Router# show depi session primary
LocID RemID TunID Tsid State Last Chg Uniq ID Type
1252048235 1074332337 555844637 717, est 3d09h 16 P
1252049362 1074332330 555844637 711, est 3d09h 15 P
1252005266 1074332288 555844637 699, est 3d09h 13 P
1252000641 1074332316 555844637 705, est 3d09h 14 P
1252014460 1074332279 1486289361 549, est 3d09h 20 P
1252059306 1074332234 1486289361 531, est 3d09h 17 P
1252057709 1074332245 1486289361 537, est 3d09h 18 P
1252006708 1074332262 1486289361 543, est 3d09h 19 P
The following is a sample output of the show depi session command that displays all secondary data sessions on the Cisco RFGW-10:
Router# show depi session secondary
LocID RemID TunID Tsid State Last Chg Uniq ID Type
1252018493 1074332252 1688275168 537, est 3d09h 22 S
1252054974 1074332286 1688275168 549, est 3d09h 24 S
1252022230 1074332263 1688275168 543, est 3d09h 23 S
1252059782 1074332236 1688275168 531, est 3d09h 21 S
The following is a sample output of the show depi session command that shows all secondary data sessions on the Cisco RFGW-10:
Router# show depi session tsid 549
LocID RemID TunID Tsid State Last Chg Uniq ID Type
1074332275 1252030759 2073848961 549 est 04:30:38 15 P
LocID RemID TunID Tsid State Last Chg Uniq ID Type
1074332283 1252057764 1102797124 549 est 04:30:37 16 S
Table 3-44 describes the major fields shown in the show depi session command display:
Table 3-44 show depi Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
State
|
State of the tunnel or the session.
|
LocID
|
Identifier of the session.
|
RemID
|
Identifier of the remote session.
|
TunID
|
Identifier of the tunnel.
|
Last Chg
|
Last state change timestamp.
|
Uniq ID
|
Unique identifier of the QAM channel.
|
Session Name
|
Name of the session.
|
Reason
|
Reason for the current state of the session.
|
Time
|
Timestamp of the session.
|
Type
|
Primary or secondary session.
|
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable mode
|
Sets the mode of the QAM channel.
|
depi-class
|
Creates a template of Downstream External PHY Interface (DEPI) control plane configuration settings, which different pseudowire classes can inherit, and enters the DEPI class configuration mode.
|
depi-tunnel
|
Creates a template of DEPI tunnel configuration settings that can be inherited by different pseudowire classes.
|
show depi
|
Displays information about DEPI sessions and tunnels.
|
show depi tunnel
|
Displays information about DEPI tunnels.
|
show depi tunnel
To display information about Downstream External PHY Interface (DEPI) tunnels, use the show depi tunnel command in privileged EXEC mode.
show depi tunnel [tunnel-id verbose]
Syntax Description
tunnel-id
|
(Optional) Name of the DEPI tunnel.
|
verbose
|
(Optional) Displays detailed DEPI tunnel or session information.
|
Command Default
None
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC (#)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(50)SQ
|
This command was introduced.
|
Examples
The following example shows a sample output of the show depi tunnel command for all the active control connections:
LocTunID RemTunID Remote Name State Remote Address Sessn L2TP Class
555844637 4037701912 RFGW-10-1 est 11.30.14.100 4 classM
1486289361 1394811300 RFGW-10-1 est 12.30.14.100 4 class1
1688275168 1361251901 RFGW-10-1 est 24.30.14.100 4 class1
The following example shows a sample output of the show depi tunnel command for a specific active control connection identified by the DEPI tunnel name:
Router# show depi tunnel 1834727012 verbose
Tunnel id 1834727012 is up, remote id is 3849925733, 1 active sessions
Tunnel state is established, time since change 04:10:38
Remote tunnel name is RFGW-10
Internet Address 1.3.4.155, port 0
Local tunnel name is myankows_ubr10k
Internet Address 1.3.4.103, port 0
L2TP class for tunnel is rf6
Counters, taking last clear into account:
0 packets sent, 0 received
Last clearing of counters never
Counters, ignoring last clear:
0 packets sent, 0 received
Local RWS 1024 (default), Remote RWS 8192
Control channel Congestion Control is enabled
Congestion Window size, Cwnd 256
Slow Start threshold, Ssthresh 8192
Mode of operation is Slow Start
Retransmission time 1, max 1 seconds
Unsent queuesize 0, max 0
Resend queuesize 0, max 2
Total resends 0, ZLB ACKs sent 252
Total peer authentication failures 0
Current no session pak queue check 0 of 5
Retransmit time distribution: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Control message authentication is disabled
Table 3-43 describes the major fields shown in the show depi tunnel command display:
Table 3-45 show depi Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
LocTunID
|
Identifier of the local tunnel.
|
RemTunID
|
Identifier of the remote tunnel.
|
Remote Name
|
Name of the remote tunnel.
|
State
|
State of the tunnel.
|
Remote Address
|
IP address of the remote tunnel.
|
Session Count
|
Number of sessions.
|
L2TP Class
|
L2TP class name for the tunnel.
|
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
depi-tunnel
|
Creates a template of DEPI tunnel configuration settings that can be inherited by different pseudowire classes.
|
rf-channel depi-tunnel
|
Binds the depi-tunnel to an rf-channel on a shared port adapter (SPA).
|
controller modular-cable
|
Enters controller configuration mode to configure the SPA controller.
|
show depi
|
Displays information about DEPI sessions and tunnels.
|
show depi session
|
Displays information about DEPI sessions.
|
show interfaces qam
To display the QAM details, use the show interfaces qam command in privileged EXEC mode.
show interfaces qam | qam-red slot/port.[channel] [cable] [psi | pat | pmt | carousel]
Syntax Description
slot
|
Specifies the slot on the QAM interface. Line card redundancy configured interfaces appear as QAM-red. Valid range is from 3 to 12.
|
port
|
Specifies the port on the interface. Valid range is from 1 to 12.
|
channel
|
(Optional) Specifies the channel on the port. Valid range is from 1 to 4.
|
cable
|
(Optional) Displays cable specific information of the QAM interface.
|
psi
|
(Optional) Displays the Packet Stream Identifier (PSI) information of the QAM interface such as Program Allocation Table (PAT) information, PMT information of sessions such as elementary streams and PIDs associated.
|
pat
|
(Optional) Displays PAT table information of the QAM interface.
|
pmt
|
(Optional) Displays PMT information of the QAM interface.
|
carousel
|
(Optional) Displays the IDs and the packets of the different packet stream.
|
Command Default
This command has no default behavior or vlaues.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC (#)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Usage Guidelines
This command displays packet and byte counts and protocol information of the QAM interface. PSI, PMT, and PAT information details are not displayed.
The Program Allocation Table (PAT) is the master table that contains the list of PIDs for all programs on the output stream of the QAM.
Note
The show interfaces qam slot/port.channel psi and show interfaces qam slot/port.channel pmt commands could potentially create a large amount of output and are recommended to be used sparingly.
Examples
The following example displays the protocol and byte information on QAM slot 3:
Router#show interfaces qam 3/1
Qam3/1 is up, line protocol is up
Hardware is RFGW-48DS Line Card - QAM Port
MTU 1464 bytes, BW 107880 Kbit, DLY 0 usec,
reliability 0/255, txload 1/255, rxload 1/255
Encapsulation QAM, loopback not set
Last input never, output never, output hang never
Last clearing of "show interface" counters never
Input queue: 0/75/0/0 (size/max/drops/flushes); Total output drops: 0
5 minute input rate 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec
5 minute output rate 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec
0 packets input, 0 bytes, 0 no buffer
Received 0 broadcasts (0 IP multicasts)
0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles
0 input errors, 0 CRC, 0 frame, 0 overrun, 0 ignored, 0 abort
8439807 packets output, 67518456 bytes 0 underruns
0 output errors, 0 collisions, 0 interface resets
0 output buffer failures, 0 output buffers swapped out
Table 3-46 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 3-46 show interfaces qam Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
QAM slot/port
|
Indicates whether the interface hardware is currently active or taken down by the administrator.
|
line protocol
|
Indicates whether the software processes that handle the line protocol believe the interface is usable or if it has been taken down by the administrator.
|
Hardware
|
Hardware type and address.
|
MTU
|
Maximum transmission unit (MTU) of the interface.
|
BW
|
Bandwidth of the interface in kilobits per second.
|
DLY
|
Delay of the interface in microseconds.
|
reliability
|
Reliability of the interface as a fraction of 255, calculated as an exponential average over 5 minutes. (For example, 255/255 is 100-percent reliability)
|
txload
|
Load on the interface as a fraction of 255, calculated as an exponential average over 5 minutes. (For example, 255/255 is complete saturation)
|
rxload
|
Load on the interface as a fraction of 255, calculated as an exponential average over 5 minutes. (For example, 255/255 is complete saturation)
|
Encapsulation
|
Encapsulation method assigned to this interface.
|
Keepalive set
|
Indicates the time for the keep alive set.
|
Last input
|
Number of hours, minutes, and seconds since the last packet was successfully received by an interface.
|
output
|
Number of hours, minutes, and seconds since the last packet was successfully sent by an interface.
|
Last clearing of "show interfaces" counters
|
Time at which the counters that measure cumulative statistics (such as number of bytes sent and received) were last reset to zero.
|
Input queue
|
Number of packets in the input queue. The format of this number is A/B, where A indicates the number of packets in the queue, and B indicates the maximum number of packets allowed in the queue.
|
Total output drops
|
Indicates the number of packets dropped because of a full queue.
|
5 minute input rate
5 minute output rate
|
Average number of bits and packets sent and received per second in the last five minutes. The five-minute interval is the default time period for statistics collection and can be changed for each individual cable interface using the load-interval command in the interface configuration mode.
Note These statistics are calculated using a decayed averaging method, where only the average is stored over the interval period, not the individual samples. Every time a sample average is taken, a percentage of the sample and a percentage of the average are added together to create the new average. If traffic stops for a time period, these statistics do not immediately go to zero but drop with a decay rate of about 70 percent per time period.
For example, if the interface is passing 1,000 packets per second (pps) before traffic stops, the show interface cable command shows the rate being 300 pps at the end of the first time interval. The rate then drops to 90 pps at the end of the second time interval, and so forth.
|
packets input
|
Total number of error-free packets received by the system.
|
bytes input
|
Total number of bytes, including data and MAC encapsulation, in the error-free packets received by the system.
|
no buffer
|
Number of received packets discarded because there was no buffer space in the main system.
|
Received broadcast
|
Total number of broadcast or multicast packets received by the interface.
|
runts
|
Number of packets that are discarded because they are smaller than the medium's minimum packet size.
|
giants
|
Number of packets that are discarded because they are bigger than the standard Ethernet Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU) size. For Ethernet packets, RFC 1757 defines giants as "the total number of packets received that were longer than 1518 octets (excluding framing bits, but including FCS octets) and were otherwise well formed."
Note In addition, to account for the different Ethernet and other packet encapsulations on the network, packets are considered giants when they exceed the configured MTU size plus 114 bytes.
|
input errors
|
Total number of errors received on the interface. This count includes runts and giants, as well as other errors, such as no buffers, and CRC, frame, overrun, and ignored counts. This count can also include DOCSIS protocol errors such as an invalid SID in the DOCSIS frame, a bad extended header length, corrupted concatenated packets, and invalid bandwidth requests.
|
CRC
|
Indicates the number of times the cyclic redundancy check (CRC) generated by the originating LAN station or far-end device does not match the checksum calculated from the data received.
|
frame
|
Number of packets received incorrectly having a CRC error and a non-integer number of octets.
|
overrun
|
Number of times the receiver hardware was unable to forward received data to a hardware buffer because the input rate exceeded the receiver's ability to handle the data.
|
ignored
|
Number of received packets ignored by the interface because the interface hardware ran low on internal buffers.
|
packets output
|
Total number of messages sent by the system.
|
bytes
|
Total number of bytes, including data and MAC encapsulation, sent by the system.
|
underruns
|
Number of times the sender has been relaying faster than the receiving device can handle.
|
output errors
|
Sum of all errors that prevented the final transmission of packets out of the interface.
|
collisions
|
Not applicable.
|
interface resets
|
Number of times an interface has been completely reset.
|
output buffer failures
|
Number of times the output buffer has failed.
|
output buffers swapped out
|
Number of times the output buffer has been swapped out.
|
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
interface qam
|
Enters QAM interface configuration mode.
|
show redundancy
To display the current redundancy status, use the show redundancy command in user EXEC or privileged EXEC mode.
show redundancy [clients | counters | history | states]
Syntax Description
clients
|
(Optional) Displays the Redundancy Facility client list.
|
counters
|
(Optional) Displays RF operational counters.
|
history
|
(Optional) Summarizes RF history.
|
states
|
(Optional) Displays RF states for active and standby cards.
|
Command Default
This command has no default behavior or values.
Command Modes
User EXEC (>)
Privileged EXEC (#)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was integrated into Cisco IOS Release 12.2(44)SQ. Support for the Cisco RF Gateway 10 was added.
|
Usage Guidelines
The show redundancy command shows whether the Supervisor A slot or Supervisor B slot contains the active (primary) Supervisor card, the status of the standby (secondary) Supervisor card, and the standby Supervisor card boot variable values and configuration register.
The redundancy mode set on the Supervisor can also be seen.
Note
The show redundancy command always shows the correct location of the active Supervisor card. The other Supervisor slot will always be marked as secondary, even if a standby Supervisor card is not installed.
Examples
The following example shows sample output of the show redundancy command when Supervisor redundancy RPR mode is configured on the Cisco RF Gateway 10:
Load for five secs: 8%/0%; one minute: 9%; five minutes: 10%
Time source is hardware calendar, *15:26:51.687 PDT Wed Sep 16 2009
Redundant System Information :
------------------------------
Available system uptime = 2 days, 4 hours, 5 minutes
Switchovers system experienced = 0
Last switchover reason = none
Configured Redundancy Mode = RPR
Operating Redundancy Mode = RPR
Maintenance Mode = Disabled
Communications = Down Reason: Simplex mode
Current Processor Information :
-------------------------------
Current Software state = ACTIVE
Uptime in current state = 2 days, 4 hours, 5 minutes
Image Version = Cisco IOS Software, Catalyst 4500 L3 Switch Sof
tware (rfgw-ENTSERVICESK9-M), Version 12.2(122SQ_20090905)SQ EARLY DEPLOYMENT DA
TECODE BUILD, synced to 122_50_SG_THROTTLE_BASE_LABEL
Copyright (c) 1986-2009 by Cisco Systems, Inc.
Compiled Sat 05-Sep-09 04:24 by jdkerr
BOOT = bootflash:rfgw-entservicesk9-mz.122SQ_20090905,
Configuration register = 0x2
Peer (slot: 2) information is not available because it is in 'DISABLED' state
The following example shows Supervisor redundancy SSO mode on the Cisco RFGW-10:
Load for five secs: 8%/0%; one minute: 10%; five minutes: 10%
Time source is hardware calendar, *15:18:51.999 PDT Wed Sep 16 2009
Redundant System Information :
------------------------------
Available system uptime = 2 days, 3 hours, 57 minutes
Switchovers system experienced = 0
Last switchover reason = none
Configured Redundancy Mode = Stateful Switchover
Operating Redundancy Mode = Stateful Switchover
Maintenance Mode = Disabled
Current Processor Information :
-------------------------------
Current Software state = ACTIVE
Uptime in current state = 2 days, 3 hours, 57 minutes
Image Version = Cisco IOS Software, Catalyst 4500 L3 Switch Sof
tware (rfgw-ENTSERVICESK9-M), Version 12.2(122SQ_20090905)SQ EARLY DEPLOYMENT DA
TECODE BUILD, synced to 122_50_SG_THROTTLE_BASE_LABEL
Copyright (c) 1986-2009 by Cisco Systems, Inc.
Compiled Sat 05-Sep-09 04:24 by jdkerr
BOOT = bootflash:rfgw-entservicesk9-mz.122SQ_20090905,
Configuration register = 0x2
Peer Processor Information :
----------------------------
Standby Location = slot 2
Current Software state = STANDBY HOT
Uptime in current state = 2 days, 3 hours, 56 minutes
Image Version = Cisco IOS Software, Catalyst 4500 L3 Switch Sof
tware (rfgw-ENTSERVICESK9-M), Version 12.2(122SQ_20090905)SQ EARLY DEPLOYMENT DA
TECODE BUILD, synced to 122_50_SG_THROTTLE_BASE_LABEL
Copyright (c) 1986-2009 by Cisco Systems, Inc.
Compiled Sat 05-Sep-09 04:2
BOOT = bootflash:rfgw-entservicesk9-mz.122SQ_20090905,
Configuration register = 0x2Router
Clients Display
The following example shows a sample output of the show redundancy clients command:
Router# show redundancy clients
clientID = 0 clientSeq = 0 RF_INTERNAL_MSG
clientID = 25 clientSeq = 130 CHKPT RF
clientID = 5 clientSeq = 170 RFS client
clientID = 50 clientSeq = 530 Slot RF
clientID = 65000 clientSeq = 65000 RF_LAST_CLIENT
Table 3-47 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 3-47 show redundancy clients Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
clientID
|
Client ID number.
|
clientSeq
|
Client notification sequence number.
|
Counters Display
The following example shows a sample output of the show redundancy counters command:
Router# show redundancy counters
tx msg length invalid = 0
client not rxing msgs = 0
rx peer msg routing errors = 0
tx buffers unavailable = 0
buffer release errors = 0
duplicate client registers = 0
failed to register client = 0
History Display
The following example shows a sample output of the show redundancy history command:
Router# show redundancy history
00:00:00 client added: RF_INTERNAL_MSG(0) seq=0
00:00:00 client added: RF_LAST_CLIENT(65000) seq=65000
00:00:00 client added: CHKPT RF(25) seq=130
00:00:01 client added: Slot RF(50) seq=530
00:00:15 client added: RFS client(5) seq=170
00:00:16 *my state = INITIALIZATION(2) *peer state = DISABLED(1)
00:00:16 RF_PROG_INITIALIZATION(100) RF_INTERNAL_MSG(0) op=0 rc=11
00:00:16 RF_PROG_INITIALIZATION(100) CHKPT RF(25) op=0 rc=11
00:00:16 RF_PROG_INITIALIZATION(100) RFS client(5) op=0 rc=11
00:00:16 RF_PROG_INITIALIZATION(100) Slot RF(50) op=0 rc=11
00:00:16 RF_PROG_INITIALIZATION(100) RF_LAST_CLIENT(65000) op=0 rc=11
00:00:16 *my state = NEGOTIATION(3) peer state = DISABLED(1)
00:00:16 RF_EVENT_GO_ACTIVE(512) op=0 rc=0
00:00:16 *my state = ACTIVE-FAST(9) peer state = DISABLED(1)
00:00:16 RF_STATUS_MAINTENANCE_ENABLE(403) CHKPT RF(25) op=0 rc=0
00:00:16 RF_STATUS_MAINTENANCE_ENABLE(403) RFS client(5) op=0 rc=0
00:00:16 RF_STATUS_MAINTENANCE_ENABLE(403) Slot RF(50) op=0 rc=0
00:00:16 RF_PROG_ACTIVE_FAST(200) RF_INTERNAL_MSG(0) op=0 rc=11
00:00:16 RF_PROG_ACTIVE_FAST(200) CHKPT RF(25) op=0 rc=11
00:00:16 RF_PROG_ACTIVE_FAST(200) RFS client(5) op=0 rc=11
00:00:16 RF_PROG_ACTIVE_FAST(200) Slot RF(50) op=0 rc=11
00:00:16 RF_PROG_ACTIVE_FAST(200) RF_LAST_CLIENT(65000) op=0 rc=11
00:00:16 *my state = ACTIVE-DRAIN(10) peer state = DISABLED(1)
00:00:16 RF_PROG_ACTIVE_DRAIN(201) RF_INTERNAL_MSG(0) op=0 rc=11
00:00:16 RF_PROG_ACTIVE_DRAIN(201) CHKPT RF(25) op=0 rc=11
00:00:16 RF_PROG_ACTIVE_DRAIN(201) RFS client(5) op=0 rc=11
00:00:16 RF_PROG_ACTIVE_DRAIN(201) Slot RF(50) op=0 rc=11
States Display
The following example shows a sample output of the show redundancy states command:
Router# show redundancy states
peer state = 8 -STANDBY HOT
Redundancy Mode = Hot Standby Redundancy
Maintenance Mode = Disabled
client_notification_TMR = 30000 milliseconds
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
mode
|
Configures the redundancy mode of operation.
|
redundancy
|
Enters redundancy configuration mode.
|
redundancy force-failover main-cpu
|
Forces a manual switchover when Supervisor is in RPR mode between the active and standby Supervisor cards.
|
redundancy force-switchover
|
Forces the standby Supervisor cards to assume the role of the active Supervisor card.
|
show redundancy linecard
To display the information pertaining to a redundancy line card or line card group, use the show redundancy linecard command privileged EXEC mode.
show redundancy linecard {all | slot slot | group all | groupID}
Syntax Description
all
|
Displays information of all the redundancy line cards.
|
slot
|
Displays information about line cards in the specified slot.
|
slot
|
Specifies the slot number of the line card. Valid range is from 3 to 12.
|
group
|
Displays information about the redundancy line card group:
• all—Displays information on all groups on the line card
• groupID—Displays information on a specified group.
|
Command Default
This command has no default behavior or values.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC (#)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Examples
The following example shows the output for the redundancy line card in slot 3:
Router#show redundancy linecard slot 3
LC Redundancy Is Configured:
LC Card Type: 0xFFFFFFFF , -1
The following example shows the output for all redundancy line cards:
Router#show redundancy linecard all
Slot Subslot Group State State Slot Subslot Role Mode
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 - 0 Init Init 11 - None Primary
11 - 0 - - Multiple None None Secondary
7 - 1 Init Active 12 - None Primary
12 - 1 Active Init 7 - Active Secondary
Table 3-48 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 3-48 show redundancy linecard all Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
Slot
|
The slot of the line card.
|
LC Group
|
If a line card group exists in the line card.
|
My State
|
The state of the line card.
|
Peer State
|
If the peer state is active.
|
Peer Slot
|
The peer line card slot.
|
Role
|
Whether the line card is active.
|
Mode
|
Whether the line card is in primary or secondary mode.
|
The following example shows the output for redundancy line card group 2:
Router#show redundancy linecard group 2
Group Description: "line card group 2 created."
Reserved Cardtype: 0x6011 24593
Group Redundancy Type: INTERNAL SWITCH
Group Redundancy Class: 1:1
Group Redundancy Configuration Type: LINECARD GROUP
Table 3-49 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 3-49 show redundancy linecard group Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
Group Identifier
|
Indicates the name of the group.
|
Group Description
|
Displays the description given to the line card group.
|
Reserved Cardrtype
|
Displays the reserved card.
|
Group Redundancy Type
|
Indicates the type of redundancy group.
|
Group Redundancy class
|
Indicates the redundancy class set for the group.
|
Group Redundancy Configuration Type
|
Indicates the linecard group.
|
Primary
|
Indicates the primary line card.
|
Secondary
|
Indicates the secondary line card.
|
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
class
|
Configures redundancy class on the line card.
|
description
|
Adds a description to the line card group.
|
member slot
|
Adds a slot to the line card redundancy group.
|
redundancy
|
Enters redundancy configuration mode.
|
show redundancy linecard
|
Displays information about a line card or a line card group.
|
show redundancy tcc
To display the information pertaining to a redundancy Timing, Communication and Control (TCC) card, use the show redundancy tcc command in privileged EXEC mode.
show redundancy tcc {all | slot slot}
Syntax Description
all
|
Displays information about all TCC cards.
|
slot
|
Displays information about TCC cards in the specified slot.
|
slot
|
Specifies the slot number of the TCC card. Valid slots are 13 and 14.
|
Command Default
This command has no default behavior or vlaues.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC (#)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Examples
The following is the sample output for all redundancy TCC cards:
Router#show redundancy tcc all
--------------------------------
Table 3-50 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 3-50 show redundancy tcc Field Descriptions
Field
|
Descriptions
|
Slot
|
Indicates the slot of the TCC card.
|
My State
|
Indicates the state of the TCC card.
|
Peer Slot
|
Indicates the peer TCC card slot.
|
Role
|
Indicates whether the TCC card is active.
|
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
redundancy
|
Enters redundancy configuration mode.
|
show running-config interface qam
To display the running configuration of the QAM interfaces, use the show running-config interface qam command in privileged EXEC mode.
show running-config interface qam | qam-red slot/port.channel
Syntax Description
slot
|
Specifies the line card in the QAM interface. Line card redundancy configured interfaces appear as QAM-red. Valid range is from 3 to 12.
|
port
|
Specifies the QAM RF port number in the line card. Valid range is from 1 to 12.
|
channel
|
Specifies the QAM channel in the port of the line card. Valid range is from 1 to 4.
|
Command Default
This command has no default behavior or vlaues.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC (#)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Usage Guidelines
If line card redundancy (LCRED) is configured on the QAM interface, then the interface appears as qam-red.
Examples
The following example shows a running configuration of QAM interface 3:
Router#show running-config interface qam-red 3/1.1
Load for five secs: 12%/0%; one minute: 14%; five minutes: 15%
Time source is hardware calendar, *00:39:45.193 UTC Fri Nov 28 2008
Building configuration...
Current configuration : 263 bytes
no cable downstream rf-shutdown
cable downstream rf-power 50.0
cable downstream frequency 279000000
cable downstream modulation 256
cable depi dest-ip 192.168.201.100 session-id 311
Table 3-51 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 3-51 show running-config interface qam Field Descriptions
Field
|
Description
|
Current configuration
|
Displays all the downstream parameters configured on the QAM interface.
|
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
show controllers qam
|
Displays downstream information of a QAM interface.
|
ssm
To configure a Source Specific Multicast (SSM) definition, use the ssm command in cable video label configuration mode. To remove the SSM label, use the no form of this command.
ssm label {source source-ip} {group group-ip} [cbr | bitrate bps | jitter ms | GigabitEthernet |
TenGigabitEthernet interface}
no ssm label {source source-ip} {group group-ip} [cbr | bitrate bps | jitter ms | GigabitEthernet
| TenGigabitEthernet interface}
Syntax Description
label
|
Specifies the name of the session.
|
source
|
Indicates the source.
|
source-ip
|
Specifies the IP address of the source.
|
group
|
Indicates the multicast group.
|
group-ip
|
Specifies the destination IP address.
|
cbr
|
Specifies that the session is supposed to be constant bitrate.
|
bitrate
|
(Optional) Sets the bitrate allocated for the session.
|
bps
|
Specifies the bitrate value. Valid range is 1 to 52000000 bps.
|
GigabitEthernet
|
(Optional) Indicates the Gigabit Ethernet interface. Valid slot range is 1 to 12.
|
TenGigabitEthernet
|
(Optional) Indicates the 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface. Valid slot range is 1 to 12.
|
interface
|
Specifies the interface slot and port.
|
jitter
|
(Optional) Sets the jitter for group sessions.
|
ms
|
Specifies the jitter value. Valid range is from 10 to 200 ms.
|
Command Default
This command has no default behavior or values.
Command Modes
Cable video label configuration (cfg-video-lbl)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.1SQB1
|
This command is modified. The bitrate keyword is made optional.
|
Usage Guidelines
Cisco RF Gateway 10 supports Source Specific Multicast (SSM) video sessions. An SSM video label is identified by the source and group IP address pair. You can specify upto three source addresses for each SSM video label. This can be achieved by reusing the same video label for all the source addresses. The address pairs under the same label must have different source IP addresses. The Cisco RFGW-10 cycles the address pairs to look for an active source.
These address pairs are redundant sources for the label. Address pairs under the same label must have identical settings for cbr, bitrate, and jitter. If additional address pairs are entered without these parameters, the corresponding values for the first address pair are used. These parameters can be modified by re-entering the first address pair with new parameter settings. The change is propagated to all the address pairs under the same label.
An SSM video session can be mapped to multiple QAM channels. All cloned sessions of the same video label share the same attributes.
Note
The label definition cannot be modified once the label is used in a QAM channel. Address pairs cannot be added or deleted, or any optional parameters cannot be modified. Effective with Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.0SQB and later releases, the label definitions can be modified. The optional parameters like bitrate and jitter cannot be modified. You can also add or delete backup sources. However, an active source cannot be deleted.
Note
To avoid oversubscription, ensure that the actual bitrate of the video session does not exceed the allocated bitrate.
Examples
The following example shows the SSM configuration on the Cisco RF Gateway 10:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# cable video labels
Router(cfg-video-lbl)# ssm ssm1 source 10.1.1.1 group 233.1.1.1 bitrate 3750000
Router(cfg-video-lbl)# exit
The following example shows how to configure a backup source:
Router# configure terminal
Router(config)# cable video labels
Router(cfg-video-lbl)# ssm ssm1 source 10.2.2.2 group 233.1.1.1 bitrate 3750000
Router(cfg-video-lbl)# ssm ssm1 source 10.3.3.3 group 233.1.1.1 bitrate 3750000
Router(cfg-video-lbl)# exit
Effective with Cisco IOS-XE Release 3.3.1SQB1, the bitrate keyword is optional. This example shows the SSM configuration without the bitrate keyword.
Router(cfg-video-lbl)# ssm ssm1 source 10.1.1.1 group 233.1.1.1
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
asm
|
Configures the ASM video session definition.
|
cable video labels
|
Enters the cable video label configuration.
|
cable video ip multicast
|
Configures video multicast session on a QAM subinterface.
|
show cable video label
|
Displays the labels configured on a chassis.
|
video route
To create policy routes to redirect traffic to the line cards, use the video route command in QAM domain configuration mode. To remove the policy route, use the no form of this command.
video route {local | remote} {udp startport endport | table 24-qam-map} qam slot /{1-6 / 7-12}
no video route {local | remote} {udp startport endport | table 24-qam-map} qam slot /{1-6 / 7-12}
Syntax Description
local
|
Creates a local video session.
|
remote
|
Creates a remote video session.
|
udp
|
Specifies UDP mode.
|
startport
|
Specifies the start port of the UDP range.
|
endport
|
Specifies the end port of the UDP range.
|
table
|
Specifies table-based mode. This is only applicable to local sessions.
|
24-qam-map
|
Specifies the pre-defined port map. This is only applicable to local sessions.
|
qam
|
Specifies the QAM interface.
|
slot
|
Specifies the slot on the line card. Valid ranges are from 3 to 12.
|
1-6
|
Specifies the first QAM block of channels.
|
7-12
|
Specifies the second QAM block of channels.
|
Command Default
This commands has no default behavior or values.
Command Modes
QAM domain configuration (qam-domain)
Command History
Release
|
Modification
|
12.2(44)SQ
|
This command was introduced on the Cisco RF Gateway 10.
|
Usage Guidelines
Video routes are used to direct traffic to the underlying QAM blocks in a QAM domain. A video route specifies a continous range of UDP ports mapped to a QAM block. For a local route, the UDP ports are taken from the local IP address. For a remote route, the UDP ports are taken from the remote IP address. A pre-defined UDP map also is present for local video routes, where the UDP ports are defined by a map.
Policy routes are used to redirect traffic to line cards. QAM blocks are added to QAM domains using video policy routes. Each video policy route specifies a range of QAM channels. QAM channels are bound to a QAM block in the video route.
In a local configuration, you can configure the QAM channels using the CLI, GUI or SNMP.
In a remote configuration, the video control plane configures the QAM channels using GQI.
The local session offers two methods of mapping UDP ports to QAM ports:
•
User- specified UDP ranges: Start and end UDP ports are specified in the CLI. The video route maps a range of UDP destination ports from the local IP address to the QAM block.
•
Table-based: referred to as 24-qam-map. This is a pre-defined range with a default UDP port range of 49152 to 55295. The video route uses the UDP port map defined in the table for the QAM block.
Note
Only one QAM map is used per QAM domain.
In the remote session, only user-specified UDP range setup is allowed. Data network Control Station (DNCS) and Universal Session and Resource Manager (USRM) controls the session setup.
Note
No two video routes within a QAM domain can overlap in IP address and UDP range.
Note
Removing a video route results in removal of all the sessions configured with that video route.
Examples
The following example shows a video route for a local session on QAM domain 5:
Router#configure terminal
Router(config)#cable qam-domain 5
Router(qam-domain)#ip 1.1.1.1 local
Router(qam-domain)#video route local udp 50000 51000 qam 7/1-6
Router(qam-domain)#video route local udp 51001 52000 qam 7/7-12
The following example shows a video route for a remote session on QAM domain 5:
Router#configure terminal
Router(config)#cable qam-domain 5
Router(qam-domain)#ip 1.1.1.1 remote
Router(qam-domain)#video route remote udp 20000 21000 qam 7/1-6
Router(qam-domain)#video route remote udp 21001 22000 qam 7/7-12
The following example shows a table-based policy route on QAM domain 5:
Router#configure terminal
Router(config)#cable qam-domain 5
Router(qam-domain)#ip 1.1.1.1 local
Router(qam-domain)#video route local table 24-qam-map qam 3/1-6
The following example shows non-overlapping UDP ranges and QAM channel lists:
Router(qam-domain)video route local udp 50001 51000 qam 3/1-6
Router(qam-domain)video route local udp 51001 52000 qam 3/7-12
Router(qam-domain)video route local udp 52001 53000 qam 5/1-6
Related Commands
Command
|
Description
|
cable qam-domain
|
Enters QAM domain configuration mode.
|
ip
|
Configures the IP address for video and remote sessions.
|